PDF (2.4MB) - Scottish Qualifications Authority
PDF (2.4MB) - Scottish Qualifications Authority
PDF (2.4MB) - Scottish Qualifications Authority
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
2006 History<br />
Advanced Higher<br />
Finalised Marking Instructions<br />
© The <strong>Scottish</strong> <strong>Qualifications</strong> <strong>Authority</strong> 2006<br />
The information in this publication may be reproduced to support SQA qualifications only on a<br />
non-commercial basis. If it is to be used for any other purposes written permission must be obtained<br />
from the Assessment Materials Team, Dalkeith.<br />
Where the publication includes materials from sources other than SQA (secondary copyright), this<br />
material should only be reproduced for the purposes of examination or assessment. If it needs to be<br />
reproduced for any other purpose it is the centre's responsibility to obtain the necessary copyright<br />
clearance. SQA's Assessment Materials Team at Dalkeith may be able to direct you to the secondary<br />
sources.<br />
These Marking Instructions have been prepared by Examination Teams for use by SQA Appointed<br />
Markers when marking External Course Assessments. This publication must not be reproduced for<br />
commercial or trade purposes.
Northern Britain from the Romans to AD 1000<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
How far does the evidence support the view that Iron Age society in North Britain was<br />
hierarchical?<br />
The candidate is expected to demonstrate awareness of the alleged evidence for Iron Age society<br />
in North Britain being hierarchical and to assess its worth. The candidate may refer to both<br />
literary and archaeological evidence.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use such evidence as:<br />
• the people at the top displayed their power, prestige and wealth by the sheer size of their<br />
dwellings, by personal adornment and adornment of horses, chariots, and weapons and<br />
probably by possession of slaves<br />
• massive dwellings whose construction involved huge amounts of labour, implying coercion,<br />
were built to dominate the landscape and display their owners’ power and included brochs,<br />
surrounded by broch villages, crannogs, round houses and ring-ditch houses as well as mighty<br />
forts like the Pictish one at Burghead<br />
• large, impressive underground structures, such as wheelhouses and souterrains (for storage),<br />
also emphasised their owners’ wealth<br />
• highly skilled craftsmen made for the powerful ornate jewellery, weapons and horse trappings<br />
as well as chariots<br />
• votive offerings of precious metal goods indicate surplus wealth, no doubt owned by the mighty<br />
• there appear to have been itinerant broch builders working for the powerbrokers of society<br />
• pictish symbol stones were also possibly the work of itinerant craftsmen and appear to have<br />
been erected for those with power and authority; they contain scenes of hunting and fighting,<br />
aristocratic pursuits<br />
• literary evidence, Caesar’s Gallic Wars, Tacitus’ Agricola, the early Irish law texts analysed<br />
by D. A. Binchy, all identify Celtic society, which obtained in North Britain, as hierarchical:<br />
an upper tier of warriors/nobles/leaders, a middle tier of free peasants, craftsmen and a lower<br />
tier of unfree and slaves – no doubt war booty, as well as a class of seers/Druids/religious<br />
experts.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Ian Armit: Celtic Scotland, particularly good on the role of dwellings in society<br />
• Stuart Pigott: especially good on swords, scabbards and the carnyx-war trumpet<br />
• Nick Aitchison: The Picts and the Scots at War, emphasises the military nature of Iron Age<br />
society and the role of musters and war bands<br />
• David Breeze: The Northern Frontiers of Roman Britain<br />
• Smyth: Warlords and Holy Men: argues that the names of barbarian magnates as found in<br />
Roman authors’ works and on Roman inscriptions, prove there was a warrior elite in N<br />
Britain, eg Calgacus = The Swordsman and Argentocoxus = Silver Leg.<br />
Page 2
Question 2<br />
How important was the part played by tribal resistance in the Roman failure to conquer North<br />
Britain?<br />
The candidate is expected to analyse, critically, the factors behind the (alleged) failure of the<br />
Romans to conquer North Britain and to come to a measured conclusion about the importance of<br />
the role of tribal resistance in that failure. An awareness of recent historiography questioning the<br />
difficulties facing Agricola’s invasion is important.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use such evidence as:<br />
• the evidence for tribal resistance is all literary, by classical authors, Tacitus, Dio Cassius,<br />
Herodian, who never set foot in Britain and had a pretty obvious agenda, to highlight military<br />
glory and make Roman advance look impressive. Tacitus makes much of the native night<br />
time attack on the Ninth Legion and the heroic native resistance at Mons Graupius but recent<br />
work on the dating of the Gask Frontier suggests there was probably a walkover by Agricola,<br />
even that part of N Britain was already still occupied after earlier peaceful incursions. Dio<br />
Cassius and Herodian describe guerrilla warfare against Severus and Caracalla but it did not<br />
stop two massive campaigns and the reinstatement of the Roman fort at Cramond which,<br />
along with the building of a massive vexillation legionary fortress at Carpow on the Tay,<br />
showed N Britain had been conquered and could have been occupied for as long as the<br />
Romans wished or were able to afford out of limited imperial resources<br />
• all the archaeological and factual literary evidence is that the Romans were able to penetrate<br />
as far North as they wished, whenever they wished, in Flavian, Antonine and Severan times<br />
• the Romans clearly failed to conquer N Britain and occupy it continuously but tribal<br />
resistance was not the reason for the failure: besides the points above, the ways in which<br />
Roman goods found their way to non Roman sites demonstrate peaceful relations<br />
• it was imperial considerations which doomed continuous Roman occupation: Agricola’s<br />
successor had to send reinforcements to the Continent and so abandon the legionary fortress<br />
at Inchtuthill; Antoninus Pius’ successor had no interest in maintaining his predecessor’s<br />
largely personally motivated advance into N Britain; Caracalla, after murdering his father,<br />
had other business in Rome and did not for long maintain his and his father’s joint conquest<br />
• N Britain had no valuable economic resources such as Welsh lead or Cornish tin so there<br />
were no economic imperatives for occupation<br />
• Tacitus, Dio Cassius and Herodian made much of the geographical and topographical<br />
obstacles to campaigning (although they had never seen them) but Breeze eg points out that<br />
equally apparently insuperable obstacles were overcome elsewhere in Europe with ease by the<br />
Roman army<br />
• in the JRSAI Breeze has a long article “Why the Romans failed to conquer Scotland” which<br />
examines all the factors examined above and concluded the flaw in the ointment was lack of<br />
consistent Imperial policy: the Empire had the resources to pacify the whole island, and could<br />
then have reduced the size of the garrison, but the will was simply not there. The Rhine and<br />
Danube frontiers naturally loomed larger in the Imperial mind.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Breeze’s article in the JRSAI op cit<br />
• David Wooliscroft and Birgitta Hoffmann’s work on the Gask Frontier and the Agricolan<br />
invasion. Internet<br />
• Tacitus, Dio Cassius and Herodian, all to be found in S Ireland’s Roman Britain, a<br />
Sourcebook<br />
• Hanson and Maxwell: in The Antonine Wall, Rome’s North West Frontier, have a discussion<br />
on Roman success and failure in N Britain<br />
• Breeze, The Northern Frontiers of Roman Britain<br />
• Smyth: all three invasions were eventual failures.<br />
Page 3
Question 3<br />
How valid is the claim that the Romans had no lasting impact on native society in North<br />
Britain?<br />
The candidate is expected to discuss, critically, what impact, if any, Roman contact had on native<br />
society in N Britain.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use such evidence as:<br />
• the gradual evolution in Roman and sub Roman times of a diminishing number of tribes and<br />
their evolution into kingdoms/states: Ptolemy recorded sixteen tribes in Flavian times, Tacitus<br />
added a seventeenth. By 200AD the twelve or thirteen tribes N of the Forth Clyde Isthmus<br />
had apparently been subsumed into two, the Caledones and the Maeatae. By 297 the Picts<br />
apparently ruled the whole area, except perhaps Argyll, though the tribes apparently lingered<br />
on as sub kingdoms. In the Lowlands the Votadini became the Gododdin, the Damnonii the<br />
Britons of Strathclyde while the Selgovae and the Novantae gradually faded from history. It<br />
would appear the Romans through their presence, pressure and example had had a profound<br />
impact on society from the point of view of state-building<br />
• christianity spread to Whithorn in Galloway, after the Romans had left what we call now<br />
Scotland, but before 410 AD, and endured after that date. Niniavus was sent from Carlisle to<br />
Whithorn to administer to a Christian community as a Bishop<br />
• literacy: the point above implies it and at Traprain Law, a Votadini stronghold tolerated by<br />
the Romans, a piece of mudstone was found with ABC and the down stroke of D on it as well<br />
as IRI on a fragment of pot<br />
• pre Roman contact society was rural, tribal, hierarchical, familiar, pagan, heroic and non<br />
literate. Post Roman was not much different but for the dawnings of Christianity and perhaps<br />
of literacy<br />
• the eventual Roman decision to have a defended frontier on the Tyne Solway rather than the<br />
Forth Clyde influenced profoundly the evolution of a <strong>Scottish</strong> mediaeval kingdom with a<br />
frontier near there<br />
• Romanitas. A feeling or memory of the might and grandeur of Rome lingered on. When the<br />
genealogies of early British kings were written down many of the early rulers were given<br />
Roman names: the first king of the Manua Gododdin was allegedly Paternus Pesrut, Patern of<br />
the Red Cloak<br />
• on the other hand, no urbanisation, no endurance of the Roman vici, no adoption of coinage<br />
or any other aspects of Roman material society.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Breeze: on the Mediaeval genealogies above<br />
• Breeze: in Chapter 8, Roman and Barbarian, in The Northern Frontiers of Roman Britain<br />
• Smyth: in Warlords and Holy Men emphasises how fully fledged Celtic kingdoms sprang up<br />
or rather re-emerged as Roman power webbed<br />
• Anna Ritchie and Breeze in Invaders of Scotland<br />
• Nick Aitchison points out that the proximity of Rome’s NW frontier and the wealthy<br />
province beyond provided an incentive for raiding while the loot supported socio-political<br />
elites, the emergence of kingdoms and a society organised for war.<br />
Page 4
Question 4<br />
How important was the part played by the Scots in the disappearance of the Pictish<br />
kingdom?<br />
The candidate is expected to be familiar with a range of factors which contributed to the<br />
disappearance of the separate Pictish kingdom and to evaluate how important among these was<br />
the part played by the Scots of Dal Riata.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use such evidence as:<br />
• the Picts and Scots had in essentials a common Celtic background (though not a common<br />
Celtic language), social order, military organisation, way of life, beliefs<br />
• kingship of the Picts and Scots had been interchangeable: several Kings of the Picts had been<br />
simultaneously Kings of the Scots and vice versa<br />
• thus Kenneth MacAlpin’s accession to the Pictish throne as well as earlier to the Scots’ one<br />
was precedented<br />
• both peoples were Christian and Christianity had come to the Picts mainly from the Scots in<br />
post Columban times. Both peoples followed the Columban church model<br />
• the Church did not favour disunity. In fact the destruction of the Picts by Kenneth MacAlpin<br />
was attributed to divine punishment for the wickedness of their liturgy and ecclesiastical<br />
laws.<br />
• before the 9th century AD the Scots were colonising the lands of the Picts as they moved<br />
gradually East: the spread of Gaelic place names shows this<br />
• the agricultural wealth of Pictland was an enormous temptation to the power-hungry warlords<br />
of Dal Riata<br />
• seaborne Viking pressure on the Scots also put them under pressure to move their power base<br />
to the East. Interestingly the part of Dal Riata not taken over by the Vikings did not become<br />
part of Alba, the new United Kingdom. It became known as Gall Gaidel and eventually<br />
became part of the Lordship of the Isles. In a sense it was the Kingship of the Scots which<br />
disappeared, not that of the Picts<br />
• at the same time, Viking pressure on the Picts, taking from them the Northern and Western<br />
Isles and Caithness and Sutherland, weakened them<br />
• in particular, in 839 the Vikings wiped out many of the Pictish nobles: the tradition that<br />
Kenneth MacAlpin was personally responsible for massacring the Pictish nobility at a feast at<br />
Scone is now doubted by some Historians<br />
• Kenneth was an experienced warrior, a leader of a war band, and must have had some claim<br />
to the Scots’ throne<br />
• he may also have had a claim to the Pictish throne through his mother.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Sally M Foster in Ch 7 of Picts, Gaels and Scots discusses this very question, emphasising<br />
long term factors and alas debunking the massacre at Scone, an excellent story<br />
• Alfred P Smyth in Warlords and Holy Men covers the same ground but highlights the genius<br />
of Kenneth MacAlpin himself<br />
• Nick Aitchison in The Picts and The Scots at War points out the role of the Church<br />
• Barbara Crawford in Scandinavian Scotland, Ch 2, assesses the role of the Vikings in<br />
Pictland and Dal Riata.<br />
Page 5
Question 5<br />
How important were factors such as geography and topography in attracting the Vikings to<br />
the Northern and Western Isles?<br />
The candidate is expected to discuss a wide range of factors which attracted the Vikings to the<br />
Northern and Western Isles and to decide upon the comparative importance of the geographical<br />
and topographical ones.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use such evidence as:<br />
• geographically the Northern Isles were unmissable: Shetland was 70 miles and 24 hours from<br />
Norway and the long chain Shetland, Fair Isle, Orkney, Caithness was bound to yield a<br />
landfall<br />
• the coastlines were in some areas similar to fjords<br />
• the Vikings who came to N Britain were from Norway in the main and were pastoral farmers<br />
whose life-style was based on the raising of cattle and sheep with a little growing of oats and<br />
barley where possible; the Northern and Western Isles, as well as looking like home, were<br />
ideal for this. The Norwegian Vikings also lived in isolated farms, not in village<br />
communities: once again the Isles were ideal for this<br />
• island settlements were safe from native attack. They were also ideal bases for raiding<br />
• the prevailing winds blew the Vikings West in the Spring and East in the Autumn<br />
• plenty of safe anchorages: Scapa Flow eg could shelter hundreds of longships<br />
• possession of the Northern and Western Isles opened up the whole of the Irish Sea and the<br />
Western Approaches<br />
• topographically the Isles provided a multitude of the type of settlement sites the Vikings<br />
wanted: ease of access to the sea; grazing land for livestock; plenty of drinking water; fuel<br />
and building materials; Orkney has very good soil and plenty of sandstone for flags for<br />
building; Shetland has patches of good soil; the machair on parts on the Hebrides, both Inner<br />
and Outer, is good for farming; plenty of shelving beaches; the lie of the ground favoured<br />
portages; conditions were ideal for fishing, both pastoral and arable farming and for fowling<br />
• climatically the winters were warmer than in Scandinavia, mild enough to outwinter stock,<br />
especially sheep<br />
• raiding: abbeys had treasure in the form of communion plate, adornment of Gospels,<br />
Reliquaries, Vestments and Psalters with gold, silver and precious stones<br />
• native settlements yielded slaves and livestock in abundance.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Barbara Crawford, Scandinavian Scotland, devotes the whole of Ch 2 to “The Geographical<br />
Framework,” which includes topography and explains the Viking preference for the Isles<br />
• Anna Ritchie and David J Breeze in Invaders of Scotland discuss the settlements in the<br />
Isles<br />
• Alfred P Smyth in Warlords and Holy Men examines and identifies the Viking preference<br />
for the Isles.<br />
Page 6
Question 6<br />
To what extent did pagan religious beliefs exist alongside Christianity in Viking Scotland?<br />
The candidate is expected to examine the extent to which the pagan religious beliefs of the Viking<br />
settlers in Scotland persisted and existed as the Vikings were converted to Christianity during the<br />
9 th and 10 th centuries AD.<br />
The candidate might use such evidence as:<br />
• Viking religious beliefs and Christianity were very different. The latter was firmly rooted in<br />
the Isles and mainland when the Viking raids began. It was not wiped out: the large number<br />
of Viking place names incorporating some form of papar = priest shows the faith continued<br />
unbroken. Viking men often took Pictish wives and the children took in Christianity with<br />
their mothers’ milk<br />
• crucially the Vikings believed in a real life in the afterworld as opposed to an eternal and<br />
different one in Heaven and therefore buried their dead with appropriate grave goods<br />
• they did however usually adopt the culture and religion of the conquered<br />
• the persistence of Viking/pagan graves during the 9 th and 10 th centuries shows pagan beliefs<br />
did co-exist with Christian ones, though precise dating and quantification are both difficult<br />
• some Vikings may have converted quite early on as some early Viking place names<br />
incorporate kirkja = church<br />
• on the other hand Viking religion was not personal, it was very closely bound up with the<br />
family group and was maintained by social and enjoyable occasions like sacrifices and<br />
feastings so there was a lot of pressure to maintain the old beliefs<br />
• an increasing number of Viking/pagan graves is being found from the 10 th C, which suggests<br />
a longer period of paganism than was previously thought<br />
• Orkney had very close links to Norway, which no doubt hindered conversion. Two out of<br />
three 10 th C single pagan graves recently found at Buckquoy are very close to the earl of<br />
Orkney’s supposed residence at the Brough of Birsay. We know that Earl Sigurd was not<br />
converted (and even then perhaps only nominally) until King Olaf Tryggvason made him an<br />
offer he could not refuse in 995 AD!<br />
• tt appears that the Vikings in Shetland were converted before those in Orkney.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Anna Ritchie in Viking Scotland develops the “mother’s milk” theory<br />
• Ch 6 of Barbara Crawford’s Scandinavian Scotland deals with the whole issue, particularly<br />
the evidence from graves<br />
• Alfred P Smyth discusses the whole issue<br />
• all three Historians agree paganism and Christianity co-existed.<br />
Page 7
Northern Britain from the Romans to AD 1000<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How useful is Source A as a description of Agricola's campaigns in North Britain? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured consideration of the usefulness of Source A in describing<br />
Agricola’s campaign in North Britain in terms of:<br />
Provenance: Appropriate and relevant comments will earn credit. These may include:<br />
• Primary Source. Tacitus was alive at the time of the campaigns, was a top Roman, an<br />
historian and the son-in-law of Agricola, though he had never been in Britain<br />
• he wrote his book eight years after last seeing Agricola<br />
• however he proclaimed his book about his father was intended to “honour” him and it<br />
pertains more to hagiography than rigorous biography<br />
• the book is a curious mixture of biography, eulogy, history, geography, panegyric and an<br />
apologia for top Romans who kept their heads down under the tyrant Domitian<br />
• style takes precedence over substance<br />
• recent archaeological work suggests Agricola’s campaigns may have been a walkover.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view<br />
• Agricola advanced his forces North when the campaigning season began in the Summer of<br />
his sixth year as Governor and C in C.<br />
• He used the fleet to leapfrog up the East coast to counter the enemy’s strength on land and<br />
inhibit a general rising by the tribes.<br />
• His forces were confident and boastful of their progress.<br />
Points from recall which support, develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Agricola was Governor of Britain for seven years and fought, or more accurately led, five<br />
campaigns in N Britain: Year III, Tyne to Tay: Year IV Consolidation in the South and on the<br />
Forth Clyde Isthmus: Year V Advance into Dumfries and Galloway – plans for Ireland: Year<br />
VI Advance NE of Forth: Year VII Alleged great victory at Mons Graupius.<br />
• The style and statements in the source are what Tacitus’ audience of top Romans, who<br />
probably had the book read to them after dinner, expected to hear.<br />
• The dual advance is supposed to have driven the tribesmen to resist by first attacking forts<br />
and then at night time the camp of a battle group built round the Ninth Legion. Agricola<br />
saved the day of course.<br />
Page 8
Points from recall which offer wider contextualisation of the view in the source<br />
• Agricola is the subject, in either the strict grammatical or the actual sense, in the first three<br />
sentences – typical of the book.<br />
• Tacitus claims further on in the account of Year VI that captured Britons were dismayed by<br />
the appearance of the fleet: this seems very unlikely, rather it’s an example of Tacitus writing<br />
about what a good Roman would have expected.<br />
• The Gask frontier, which nowadays covers part of the ground from the Forth to the Tay and<br />
may have covered it all originally, used to be attributed either to Agricola’s successor or to<br />
Agricola’s year IV but has now been dated to perhaps a decade before him – which probably<br />
renders redundant all the heroics of The Agricola. The Romans were in N Britain in Flavian<br />
times (Archaeological evidence) but it was probably a walkover.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate Historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• David J Breeze: The Northern Frontiers of Roman Britai: Conventional view of Agricola<br />
• WS Hanson: The Antonine Wall: Rome’s North West Frontier: More sceptical view<br />
• Work by Birgitta Hoffmann and David Wooliscroft: is uncovering extensive pre-Agricolan<br />
contacts with N Britain.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
usefulness of Source A in describing Agricola’s campaigns in N Britain.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding<br />
of immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer<br />
is clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant<br />
points and shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context,<br />
shows a good factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may<br />
include reference to historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 9
Question 2<br />
How fully does evidence such as Source B explain Pictish social and cultural life? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider recall,<br />
including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall interpretation of the<br />
source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured explanation of Source B in terms of:<br />
Provenance: Appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include:<br />
This is a splendid example of what we call a Class I Pictish symbol stone, an undressed boulder<br />
or stone slab with a number of symbols incised on it. Class I stones are presumed to post-date<br />
500 AD and appear to have originated around the Moray Firth and they predominate to the North<br />
of the Mounth, including Orkney and Shetland, whereas Class II stones are predominant to the<br />
South.<br />
Class I stones such as the one in Source B, from Sutherland, have been found in association with<br />
burials, Pictish cairns and barrows.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view<br />
• The source is a Class I Pictish symbol stone, a free standing boulder with four figures incised<br />
on it, a fish, tuning fork or sword, mirror or patera and a comb.<br />
• The two “ors” show what a minefield the interpretations of the symbols are. Since we do not<br />
understand the Pictish language and in any case only a few words survive in king lists, we do<br />
not know what the Picts called these designs.<br />
• The second from the top used to be called a tuning fork, though as far as is known, no Pictish<br />
tuning fork has ever been excavated, but is now called a sword.<br />
• The bottom left one is usually called a mirror, but may have been a patera, a Roman dish with<br />
a handle on the side.<br />
Page 10
The source is not a Class II stone as it is not dressed, has no Christian symbols or rather designs –<br />
with these there is no ambiguity about what they represent – and no scenes of hunting and battle<br />
or intricate zoomorphic designs.<br />
Points from recall which support, develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• There are at least fifty different symbols used on Class I stones, cave walls, rock outcrops and<br />
silver jewellery and possibly on wood, leather, textiles and perhaps on people’s skins. Some<br />
are naturalistic, fish, eagle, snake eg, others are abstract, crescent and v rod, double disc and z<br />
rod, rectangle.<br />
• The crescent, double disc and Pictish beast are the most common symbols.<br />
• Designs are almost always paired and in about a quarter of cases are accompanied by a<br />
mirror/patera and comb, often at the foot of the stone under the other symbols.<br />
• Class I stones may be memorials to the dead, testimonies to marriage alliances between<br />
matrilineal clans, statements of tribal affiliation or stone charters but being used over several<br />
centuries and on different materials it seems unlikely. The same symbol may have meant<br />
different things in different contexts but all of them may have demonstrated shared and<br />
widespread beliefs. They may make most sense when looked at in the light of Celtic<br />
religious beliefs and practices.<br />
• Animals were carved because of their religious and symbolic value. About 17 other designs<br />
may be abstract representations of high-status objects such as sword, harness-ring, cauldron,<br />
anvil, tongs; many of these were used in votive offerings.<br />
Points from recall which offer wider contextualisation of the view in the source<br />
• Symbol stones like this one show the Picts were a cultured and artistic people who carried out<br />
designs which are masterpieces by world standards.<br />
• Art, religion and symbolism were obviously important to them.<br />
• Whatever the stones and symbols signify they were erected by the powerful and wealthy,<br />
proof of a hierarchical society.<br />
• The regularity of design suggests a class of itinerant carvers who carried patterns with them<br />
on parchment or even on their skins.<br />
• The designs show contacts with Ireland and Northumbria: the Picts were in that sense<br />
cosmopolitan, open to outside influences.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Sally M Foster: Picts, Gaels and Scots: This is one of the most recent works on the Picts:<br />
much of the above is taken from it<br />
• Anna Ritchie: Picts (1989) a very sound work: similar views to Foster<br />
Both Foster and Ritchie: also look at Pictish life in general as well as the part played in it<br />
by the symbol stones<br />
• K H Jackson: thought the stones recorded marriage treaties<br />
• Charles Thomas: thought they were memories of late Iron Age weapons, equipment and<br />
symbols of rank: plausible<br />
• Ian Armit: in Scotland’s Hidden History conjectures that the stones and symbols may have<br />
been painted cf illustrated manuscripts, which do have designs in common<br />
• the study of Pictish symbol stones produces all sorts of theories, none of which, in the nature<br />
of things, are provable. WA Cummins: a geologist thinks they are a type of alphabet,<br />
spelling out the names of Kings.<br />
Page 11
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, as to how fully<br />
Source B explains Pictish social and cultural life.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding<br />
of immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer<br />
is clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant<br />
points and shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context,<br />
shows a good factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may<br />
include reference to historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 12
Question 3<br />
How helpful are the different interpretations in Sources C and D as views on the<br />
origins of Dal Riata? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (Maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source<br />
Contextual and Historical interpretations (Maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of Historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment-if appropriate.<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources C and D on the origins of Dal Riata in terms of:<br />
Source C<br />
Provenance: Appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Smyth will be credited as historiography<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view<br />
• Argyll, once Pictish, was colonised by Dal Riata Scots from Co Antrim in Ireland.<br />
• The Historian Bede believed the Picts gave Iona to St Columba, a prince of Dal Riata in Co<br />
Antrim.<br />
• In the post Roman era some of the settlers in Argyll established a new dynasty of kings<br />
which ruled the people who had migrated across the Irish Sea from the 3 rd C AD.<br />
• Until the late 6 th C AD the rulers of Dal Riata in Argyll still ruled their homeland in Co<br />
Antrim.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Dal Riata, the Kingdom of the Scots, though they called themselves Goidil (Old Irish) =<br />
Gaels, was in Argyll.<br />
• The king lists claim that the first king, Fergus Mor (and his sons) crossed from Co Antrim to<br />
Argyll about 500AD.<br />
• However, beware, king lists were compiled after the event and often to bolster dynastic<br />
claims: the genealogies in the Senchus Fer nAlban were re-written in the 10 th C AD to<br />
incorporate the Fergus story.<br />
• Bede can not be relied upon so far as the origin of Dal Riata in Argyll is concerned.<br />
Page 13
Source D<br />
Provenance: Appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Ewan Campbell will be credited as historiography<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view<br />
• Challenges the traditional view, as expressed in Source C.<br />
• Argyll does not have Irish types of artefacts and settlements, as it should if its people came<br />
from Ireland, eg no ringforts.<br />
• No real Archaeological evidence for a migration.<br />
• Actually the people of Dal Riata in Argyll were indigenous to N Britain and shared a<br />
common language with their Gaelic neighbours across the Irish Sea.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the sources<br />
• The people of Dal Riata in Argyll obviously knew they spoke the same language as the<br />
people of Ireland.<br />
• Equally they knew they did not have the same language as their neighbours to the East, the<br />
Picts.<br />
• They therefore naturally concluded they originated in Ireland.<br />
• However Irish and Dal Riata brooches and dress pins are different.<br />
• There are hundreds of Ogham pillars in Ireland: two only in Argyll.<br />
Points which offer a more critical contextualisation of the view in the sources<br />
• All the evidence points to a continuity of population in Argyll from the early Iron Age<br />
through to the Mediaeval period and away from a migration from Ireland.<br />
• The Dal Riata people in Argyll thought they came from Ireland since they could speak to the<br />
people there and therefore invented a migration theory to fit this.<br />
• They could not speak to the Picts or Britons whose languages had developed differently: the<br />
Highland massif was a barrier to travel and contact: the Irish Sea was not.<br />
• When there was, for a time, not unnaturally, a joint rulership of Dal Riata in Argyll and Dal<br />
Riata in Co Antrim, an origin legend which showed a migration of kings from West to East<br />
helped the Argyll Dal Riata claim sovereignty over the Irish Dal Riata.<br />
Page 14
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate Historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Smyth and Campbell above have diametrically opposed views and make more points than<br />
are in the sources<br />
• Ritchie and Breeze still refer to a migration or rather a gradual settlement of <strong>Scottish</strong> from<br />
Co Antrim over two centuries before 500 AD<br />
• they refer to imported artefacts, imported to Scotland from Ireland, but that does not<br />
necessarily imply migration: a lot of china was imported from China in the 18 th C but no<br />
Chinese came!<br />
• they think the best evidence is of <strong>Scottish</strong> fighting alongside Picti against the Romans: surely<br />
they were more likely to be living there than to have rushed over<br />
• Sally M Foster in Picts, Gaels and Scots rather sits on the fence; while claiming that the Dal<br />
Riata of Argyll originally came from the Antrim tribe of the Dal Riata she concedes there is<br />
no Archaeological evidence for such a migration<br />
• she does attest to a long tradition of contact between NE Ireland and W Scotland, which is<br />
Campbell’s point really<br />
• however she points out there is evidence for Irish settlements in Scotland, Wales and<br />
England<br />
• Nick Aitchison: the most recent writer on this controversy (2003) reviews all the points<br />
above and concludes that the Scots/<strong>Scottish</strong>/Gaels were descended from the indigenous<br />
inhabitants of the region. The strong contacts with and influences from Ireland may be<br />
satisfactorily explained by trade, religious activity and perhaps even a ruling class asserting<br />
its authority over neighbours.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the two sources is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
origins of the <strong>Scottish</strong>/Gaels of Dal Riata.<br />
Marks<br />
1-4 vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources, not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding<br />
of immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of content. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer<br />
is clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 15
<strong>Scottish</strong> Independence (1286-1329)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
How well established was Royal <strong>Authority</strong> by the death of Alexander III in 1286?<br />
The candidate is required the analyse the characteristics and nature of royal authority under<br />
Alexander III and come to a balanced judgement about the degree to which it could be claimed<br />
that Alexander’s royal authority was well-established by 1286.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
Success in establishing royal authority<br />
• Reduction in the threat of baronial faction as the rein progressed, especially after the threat<br />
from the Durwards and Bissets had been removed.<br />
• The victory at Largs and the Treaty of Perth brought the Western Isles under the authority of<br />
the <strong>Scottish</strong> crown.<br />
• Alexander III attempted to continue the ‘feudalisation’ of the kingdom begun by his<br />
predecessors; attempted to set up a separate sheriffdom in Argyll.<br />
• Government increasingly operated through the great offices of state: Chamberlain, steward,<br />
chancellor, marischal, justiciars, sheriffs.<br />
• Alexander was free to establish his authority without having to face a serious English threat<br />
following the Treaty of Northampton (1244).<br />
• The emergence of the ‘Community of the Realm’ in the period may suggest the beginnings<br />
of a notion of ‘national’ identity and of the nature of government being a ‘compact’ between<br />
king and magnates.<br />
Limitations in establishing royal authority<br />
• Faction during the Minority of Alexander III highlighted the fragility of royal authority.<br />
• Western Isles never really under royal authority; emergence of powerful local magnates in<br />
that area.<br />
• Galloway and Moray were always resistant to royal control.<br />
• Alexander’s close relationship with the Comyns meant that the re-emergence of faction was<br />
always possible; the emergence of the Bruce threat.<br />
• Edward I’s claims to overlordship seem to undermine the sense of the development of the<br />
<strong>Scottish</strong> kingdom as a separate entity.<br />
• Failure to secure the succession.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Geoffrey Barrow: argues that a <strong>Scottish</strong> ‘Community of the Realm’ was emerging by the<br />
1250s and was strengthened during Alexander III’s reign<br />
• AAM Duncan: is more cautious about the emergence of a ‘Community of the Realm’, seeing<br />
continuing faction<br />
• Alan Young: emphasises the crucial role of the Comyns in the period.<br />
Page 16
Question 2<br />
“The real significance of the decision of 1292 in favour of John Balliol lies not with the<br />
judgement itself but in how it was made”. How justified is this view of the Great Cause?<br />
The candidate is required to make a balanced judgement about the underlying issues at stake<br />
during the Great Cause. Candidates are required to consider the view that the choice of John<br />
Balliol as King was less important than the consequences for <strong>Scottish</strong> independence of the way<br />
that decision was made. Candidates may interpret the phrase very broadly – either with reference<br />
only to the events of 1292, or perhaps including the whole background of the succession crises<br />
going back to 1286.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
Evaluation of the choice of John Balliol as King<br />
• Balliol the correct choice according to the law of primogeniture and <strong>Scottish</strong> precedent over<br />
the previous 200 years.<br />
• The nature of Bruce’s claim and reasons for its failure.<br />
• His claim was better supported by the ‘Community of the Realm’ than Bruce’s.<br />
• Rejection of the claims of Florence of Holland and John Hastings.<br />
• Edward’s possible motives in choosing Balliol – close adherence to <strong>Scottish</strong> law, or selecting<br />
a ‘puppet’ ruler?<br />
Evaluation of how the judgment was made<br />
• No immediate indication of Edward’s intention to press overlordship following the death of<br />
Alexander III.<br />
• Debate over the Treaty of Birgham; respect for <strong>Scottish</strong> independence or is it significant that<br />
Edward I “reserved his rights”?<br />
• Appointment of Anthony Bek; annexation of Isle of Man.<br />
• Edward’s demands at Norham.<br />
• The Scots’ reply to Edward’s demands at Norham.<br />
• Edward’s demand of recognition from the contenders.<br />
• Edward’s ‘reappointment’ of the Guardians.<br />
• Significance of ‘judgment’ at Berwick as opposed to arbitration.<br />
• Significance of the choice of legal system.<br />
• Composition of the Court and the role of Edward’s council.<br />
• Edward’s sasine of <strong>Scottish</strong> royal castles.<br />
• The impact of the Process of Norham on <strong>Scottish</strong> Independence.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• FM Powicke: argued that Edward acted with proper regard to Scotland’s traditions<br />
throughout the proceedings at Norham and during the Great Cause<br />
• Geoffrey Barrow: views Edward’s involvement as designed to undermine <strong>Scottish</strong><br />
independence, although the choice of Balliol as King was correct<br />
• Caroline Bingham: has been more inclined to accept the legitimacy of Bruce’s claim, in<br />
line with a more traditional interpretation of the period<br />
• Michael Penman: argues that Edward required sasine of royal castles in order to be able to<br />
enforce his judgment; sees the distinction between judgment and arbitration as critical in the<br />
case.<br />
Page 17
Question 3<br />
How far were William Wallace’s achievements more political than military?<br />
The candidate is required make a balanced judgement about whether or not William Wallace’s<br />
achievements were more political than military in order to arrive at a conclusion.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
Political achievements<br />
• The possible political motivation for Wallace’s uprising; his absence from the Ragman’s<br />
Roll, the murder of Heselrig.<br />
• Early success in galvanising resistance; possible associations in his uprising with the Stewart<br />
and Wishart.<br />
• Possible political motivation for the attack on Scone.<br />
• Political significance of Stirling Bridge.<br />
• Wallace’s resurrection of the notion of guardianship.<br />
• The Lubeck Letter.<br />
• The election of Lamberton to the See of St. Andrews.<br />
• His role in ‘keeping the cause alive’ after the defeat at Dunbar.<br />
• Wallace’s role in redefining the ‘Community of the Realm’ to include commoners.<br />
• Wallace as a ‘feudal conservative’; supporter of Balliol.<br />
• Wallace’s later diplomatic efforts in Paris and Rome.<br />
Military achievements<br />
• Speed and success of the rising in spring/summer 1297.<br />
• Victory at Stirling Bridge.<br />
• Raids into Northern England.<br />
• Evaluation of the reasons for the defeat at Falkirk.<br />
• Revived attempts to lead military resistance in early 14 th century.<br />
• Wallace’s political role was largely dependent on his military success.<br />
• Ultimate failure of Wallace to achieve his political ends by military means.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Geoffrey Barrow: Sees Wallace as a ‘feudal conservative’ whose main achievements were<br />
the result of the tacit support of sections of the nobility<br />
• Andrew Fisher: has argued that Wallace operated largely independently of the nobility and<br />
that this makes his achievements all the more impressive<br />
• Michael Penman: argues that Wallace may have been more successful had he been<br />
supported by the Balliol-Comyn faction after Stirling Bridge<br />
criticises Wallace’s decision to fight at Falkirk<br />
• Fiona Watson: has argued that William Wallace’s campaigns showed the nobles what could<br />
be achieved when ‘unorthodox’ tactics were used<br />
• Ranald Nicholson: has argued that whilst Wallace may have been ‘under the tutelage’ of<br />
Wishart and the Stewart before the surrender at Irvine, he operated as a free agent after that<br />
argues that Wallace’s tactics foreshadow those that would be used by Bruce in later years<br />
argues that Wallace’s significance in promoting the ‘national’ cause outlasted his defeat.<br />
Page 18
Question 4<br />
How successful were the Guardianships between 1298 and 1304?<br />
The candidate is required to make a balanced judgement about how successful the Guardianships<br />
were between 1298 and 1304. Candidates should make a judgement based on their own<br />
definition of ‘success’.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
Successes of the Guardianships<br />
• Continued existence of <strong>Scottish</strong> government in the face of repeated English invasions.<br />
• Appearance of a more unified ‘political community’ during the Bruce/Comyn guardianship.<br />
• Stabilisation of the Bruce/Comyn guardianship with the inclusion of Lamberton.<br />
• Continued harrying of English forces, especially in the border areas.<br />
• Military successes of the De Soules guardianship.<br />
• Failure of English invasions after 1298.<br />
• Baldred Bisset’s mission to Rome.<br />
• Possibility of a Balliol restoration.<br />
Limitations of the Guardianships<br />
• Changing nature of the guardianship indicates continued factionalism amongst the nobility.<br />
• The dispute at Peebles.<br />
• Bruce’s resignation and the appointment of Umfraville.<br />
• Bruce’s defection to the English.<br />
• The ultimate failure of Bisset’s mission to secure a Balliol restoration.<br />
• The failure to secure a ‘tripartite peace’ in 1303.<br />
• Military defeat and surrender in 1304.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Geoffrey Barrow: has identified a consistent level of noble leadership for the national cause<br />
in the period<br />
• Alan Young: stresses the continuing importance of the Comyns<br />
• Fiona Watson: argues that the <strong>Scottish</strong> resistance survived due to the superficiality of the<br />
English occupation as well as the determination of the political community<br />
• Norman Reid: has suggested that De Soules did not represent the Community of the Realm,<br />
but Balliol personally.<br />
Page 19
Question 5<br />
Why did it take so long for England and Scotland to make peace after the Battle of<br />
Bannockburn?<br />
Candidates are required to analyse and evaluate the reasons why it took so long for peace to be<br />
achieved between England and Scotland after the Battle of Bannockburn in order to arrive at a<br />
balanced conclusion.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
• Bannockburn not decisive in military terms<br />
• Edward II consistently refused to acknowledge either Bruce as King, or Scotland’s<br />
independence<br />
• Edward II continued to view himself as overlord<br />
• Scots not strong enough militarily to force a decision on the battlefield after 1314<br />
• Bruce’s raids into the north of England brought the English to the negotiating table, but no<br />
lasting peace resulted<br />
• truces did not result in a comprehensive peace settlement<br />
• the failure of the Scots to renew the French alliance before 1326<br />
• Edward II was also not strong enough domestically to ensure a decisive victory on the<br />
battlefield<br />
• the failure of English campaigns in 1319 and 1322, the defeat at Old Byland<br />
• failure of the <strong>Scottish</strong> campaign in Ireland<br />
• papacy favoured the English case after 1314; Bruce’s excommunication<br />
• failure of the Harcla rebellion<br />
• Bruce faced domestic difficulties; the De Soules plot.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Geoffrey Barrow: has emphasised the intransigence of Edward II as a major obstacle to<br />
peace argues that neither the English nor the Scots were strong enough to force a decision on<br />
the battlefield. Praises Robert I for his willingness to pay a high price for peace in 1328.<br />
Emphasises the growing need for peace on both sides<br />
• Colm MacNamee: has studied the economic impact of the wars on the ability of both sides to<br />
continue fighting<br />
• Michael Penman: has argued that the Wars of Independence can be viewed largely as a<br />
<strong>Scottish</strong> civil war, and that this was an important factor in the peace settlement.<br />
Page 20
Question 6<br />
How important was the role of the <strong>Scottish</strong> Church in maintaining support for the cause of<br />
independence between 1296 and 1329?<br />
Candidates are required to analyse and evaluate the role of the <strong>Scottish</strong> Church in maintaining<br />
support for the cause of independence between 1296 and 1329. Candidates may tackle the<br />
question in different ways. Some may examine the careers of individual churchmen, such as<br />
Bishops Wishart and Lamberton as well as the Abbot of Arbroath, whilst others may look at the<br />
Church as an institution.<br />
Some candidates may restrict their answer to part of the period and still pass.<br />
Some candidates may wish to achieve balance by comparing the role of the Church with other<br />
factors which helped to maintain support for the cause of independence.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
• the <strong>Scottish</strong> Church as the ‘Special Daughter of Rome’<br />
• the persistent rejection of the jurisdiction of the Archbishopric of York<br />
• importance of church as represented in the guardianships<br />
• role of churchmen in drawing up the Treaty of Birgham and at Norham<br />
• various missions to Rome (eg Baldred Bisset’s appeal in 1300)<br />
• role of the Church in providing administrative support to the Crown (especially the chancery)<br />
• interventions to prevent bloodshed at Berwick, also prior to the Battle of Stirling Bridge and<br />
at the siege of Stirling Castle<br />
• propaganda value of the Church in legitimising King Robert’s authority including his<br />
coronation, the Declaration of the Clergy and the drafting of the Declaration of Arbroath<br />
• support for King Robert despite his excommunication<br />
• the role of the Church in drafting the truces of the 1320s and the Peace of 1328<br />
• the role of individual churchmen such as Fraser, Wishart, Lamberton, Bernard de Linton etc.<br />
• divisions of opinion within the Church, eg Henry Cheyne of Aberdeen<br />
• Church as the only consistent supporter of independence across the whole period.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• GWS Barrow: Has written about the importance of the <strong>Scottish</strong> Church in maintaining its<br />
own identity distinct from the English church.<br />
Sees the conversion of Lamberton to the ‘Bruce’ faction as a decisive turning point in Bruce’s<br />
bid for the throne.<br />
Emphasises the role of churchmen in promoting the ‘national cause in the wars’ eg Abbot<br />
Bernard de Linton, “Scotland’s outstanding medieval chancellor”<br />
Argues that the Declaration of the Clergy was crucial in bolstering support for Bruce in<br />
Scotland<br />
• R Nicholson: emphasises the role of churchmen as opinion formers on the side of the<br />
‘national’ cause<br />
Notes that whilst it may be difficult to argue that the church held an ‘institutional’ view that<br />
most of its leading members supported ecclesiastical independence from England<br />
• Alan Young: holds the view that the pro-Comyn outlook of most bishops before the<br />
appointment of Lamberton reflects their political dominance before 1306<br />
• Michael Penman: has shown that many leading churchmen, such as Bishop Henry Cheyne<br />
of Aberdeen, were never loyal to the Bruce cause.<br />
Page 21
<strong>Scottish</strong> Independence (1286-1329)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How helpful are the differing views in Sources A and B as interpretations on the<br />
reign of John Balliol? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate).<br />
The candidate considers the differing interpretations of John’s reign in Sources A and B, offering<br />
a structured critique in terms of:<br />
Points from Source A<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Alan Young will be credited under historiography.<br />
Points from the source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• John weak and naïve in the face of Edward’s forcefulness.<br />
• John’s failure to prevent Bruce’s candidate becoming Bishop of Galloway.<br />
• Concern John was dominated by Anthony Bek.<br />
• John appeared dominated by Bek at a time when <strong>Scottish</strong> nobles were preparing to make an<br />
alliance with France.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Balliol was forced to accept Bruce’s candidate as Bishop of Galloway – his own lordship!<br />
• John forced to pay homage 3 times to Edward I.<br />
• John forced to give way over the ‘test cases’ when appeals were heard in England.<br />
• John’s reputation in later sources as ‘toom tabard’.<br />
• The Creation of the Council of 12.<br />
Page 22
Points from Source B<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on R Nicholson will be credited under historiography.<br />
Points from the source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Balliol set out to be a ‘real’ King.<br />
• Family had long had links with Scotland.<br />
• Representative of the ‘patriotic’ faction.<br />
• 4 parliaments held – did an unprecedented amount of work.<br />
• Aimed to secure the authority of the Crown.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• John did attempt, initially at least, to stand up to Edward during the test cases.<br />
• John’s parliaments pursued the traditional aims of the <strong>Scottish</strong> Crown, eg the creation of a<br />
sheriffdom in Argyll.<br />
• The Council of 12 may not have removed power from Balliol, but may rather be a symbol of<br />
the unity of the Community of the Realm.<br />
• John’s decision not to hand over castles to Edward.<br />
• John’s homage was made under ‘extreme coercion’.<br />
• John’s renunciation of homage.<br />
• Our view of Balliol largely comes from pro-Bruce writers attempting to emphasise King<br />
Robert’s legitimacy and therefore are at pains to denigrate John.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Fiona Watson has been keen to rehabilitate John’s reputation<br />
• Barrow inclined to see John as a victim of circumstance<br />
• Alan Young has questioned whether the Council of 12 was acting independently of Balliol.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the two sources is helpful in offering a full perspective on the reign<br />
of John Balliol.<br />
Page 23
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 24
Question 2<br />
How useful is Source C as evidence of the military strategy and tactics of King<br />
Robert? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of the usefulness of Source C as evidence of the<br />
military strategy and tactics of King Robert in terms of:<br />
Provenance: An extract from a biography of Bruce, written some seventy years after the<br />
events it describes. Barbour was Archdeacon of Aberdeen, a well informed, but very biased ‘pro-<br />
Bruce’ writer. He was writing during the reign of Bruce’s grandson, King Robert II, and clearly<br />
aimed to support the Bruce/Stewart dynasty.<br />
‘The Brus’ is largely hagiographical and was intended as a poetic comment on chivalry rather<br />
than as a ‘history’ in the modern sense.<br />
Most modern historians, notably AAM Duncan, regard Barbour’s general account of the facts to<br />
be largely reliable, however.<br />
Points from the source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Use of ladders to take castles by stealth.<br />
• Overpowering the guard to capture the castle.<br />
• Castle razed and the well filled in, to deny future use.<br />
• Use of siege methods to try to capture Perth.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Other castles also captured by ‘stealth’, eg Perth, Edinburgh.<br />
• Ladders often made of rope, used in conjunction with grappling hooks.<br />
• Lack of siege engines made use of other tactics for taking castles inevitable.<br />
• Treachery and deceit sometimes used to take castles as well, eg Aberdeen.<br />
Points from recall which provide balance and reveal the source’s limitations<br />
The source does not mention:<br />
• the ‘Secret War’; use of guerrilla tactics in the South West and the avoidance of pitched battle<br />
• Bruce’s strategy of isolating and destroying the Comyns before moving on his English<br />
enemies<br />
• the development of Bruce’s tactics in pitched battle; Methven, Bannockburn<br />
• the herschip of Buchan<br />
• the role of Bruce as a charismatic leader as seen in Carrick, at Oldmeldrum and Bannockburn.<br />
Page 25
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views.<br />
These may include reference to:<br />
• many historians have commented at length on Bruce’s strategy and tactics. Most commend<br />
his skill, though there is also a tendency to emphasise the role of luck and chance in his<br />
success<br />
• Barrow has described Bruce’s campaign against castles as “one of the great enterprises in<br />
British military history”<br />
• Colm MacNamee has provided a detailed account of the ‘Secret War’<br />
• Aryeh Nusbacher has written a detailed account of the Battle of Bannockburn<br />
• Michael Penman has emphasised those elements of the conflict of 1296-1329 which show it<br />
to be a ‘<strong>Scottish</strong> Civil War’.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source C is useful in offering a full perspective on the military<br />
strategy and tactics of King Robert.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 26
Question 3<br />
How fully does Source D illustrate the importance of the role of Parliament in the<br />
government of Scotland between 1306 and 1328? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured analysis of how fully Source D illustrates the role of Parliament<br />
in the government of Scotland in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: recognition of the authority of the summons (see below)<br />
Points from the source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• The King had the power to summons parliament.<br />
• Details of who was entitled to attend parliament.<br />
• Details of dates and location of Parliament.<br />
• Called to discuss a final Peace Treaty with England.<br />
• Need for Bishops and prelates to bring seals.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• A king’s right to summon parliament had been established for some time. King John held 4<br />
parliaments.<br />
• More detail about the composition of parliament; the addition of representatives of the burghs<br />
was new since 1300.<br />
• Parliament was peripatetic. Others in Robert’s reign were held at St Andrews,<br />
Cambuskenneth, Scone, Rutherglen, for example.<br />
• Parliament had the power to negotiate foreign treaties, such as the alliance with France.<br />
• Need to bring seals indicates that Parliament could give assent to law – the King was not an<br />
‘absolute monarch’.<br />
Points from recall which provide balance and reveal the source’s limitations<br />
The source does not mention:<br />
• the other functions of Parliament<br />
• legitimising King Robert’s rule (St Andrews 1309)<br />
• disinheriting enemies (Cambuskenneth 1314)<br />
• securing the succession (tailzies agreed in Parliament 1315, 1318, 1326)<br />
• passing legislation (amendments to the criminal law, 1318; laws concerning details of<br />
military service)<br />
• the origins of parliament – a word not used in Scotland until 1286<br />
• the role of Parliament in appointing Guardians in the absence of a capable monarch (1286 and<br />
1297-1306)<br />
• the unicameral nature of the <strong>Scottish</strong> parliament.<br />
Page 27
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views.<br />
These may include reference to:<br />
• Geoffrey Barrow has seen the role of Parliament as a crucial manifestation of the existence<br />
of a ‘Community of the Realm’ in the period. Parliament became one of the ‘national’<br />
institutions which, in his view, makes it wrong to see the conflict in purely feudal or dynastic<br />
terms<br />
• Others, such as Alan Young have argued that Parliament and the Community were only<br />
strong at times when the Crown was weak<br />
• Nicholson and Duncan have been more inclined than Barrow to see the emergence of<br />
parliament as a product rather than a cause of the wars with England.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source D is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
importance of the role of Parliament in the government of Scotland between 1292 and 1328.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 28
The Renaissance in Italy in the Fifteenth and Early Sixteenth Centuries<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
How prosperous were the great Italian cities in the early fifteenth century?<br />
The aim of the essay is to enable the candidate to make a judgement on the prosperity of the great<br />
Italian cities during the Renaissance and critically to assess the different factors that had an effect<br />
on that prosperity.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the forms of commercial activity that existed across the Italian states, including the wool<br />
trade and banking in Florence<br />
• the links between successful commerce and economic prosperity<br />
• the link between economic prosperity and the political dominance of certain cities<br />
• the link between wealth and ability to hire mercenaries to wage war<br />
• the link between Venice’s naval power and her growth as a sea and land based power<br />
• the importance of a range of factors which influenced prosperity in the Italian cities, such as:<br />
• internal and external trade;<br />
• the outmanoeuvring of rival cities (eg Sienna by Florence or Genoa by Venice);<br />
• the impact of plague and natural disasters on urban and rural economies;<br />
• the sponsorship of cities by wealthy courts (eg the Dukes of Urbino);<br />
• the influence of the papal court on the prosperity of Rome.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views.<br />
These may include reference to:<br />
• P.Jones on the emergence of the despotic states over republican governments<br />
• Goldthwaite on the role and significance of commerce on Republican economies, especially<br />
Florence<br />
• Martines in relation to the links between commercial life and political power<br />
• Robert Hole on the wealth of Florence and Venice<br />
• Alison Brown on the strength of the Florentine economy.<br />
Page 29
Question 2<br />
What factors best explain why Florence and Venice developed distinctive cultural<br />
experiences during the Renaissance?<br />
The question asks candidates to develop a profile of Renaissance cultures in both cities and offer<br />
insight on similarities and differences.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the art and architecture in each city, referring to Donatello and Titian, Brunelleschi and<br />
Sansovino<br />
• literary studies and the development of humanism<br />
• the distinct artistic styles of the two cities, as seen for example in the use of light and<br />
environment<br />
• the causes of difference in the cultural experiences of the two cities<br />
• a consideration of why many aspects of Renaissance culture are seen to develop later in<br />
Venice than in Florence<br />
• a consideration of factors such as:<br />
• physical geography;<br />
• the political climate;<br />
• social openness;<br />
• innovation;<br />
• proximity to other centres of learning;<br />
• the strong influence of Byzantine culture from an early date in Venice.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Bruckers/Hay/Cronin/Graham-Dixon’s analysis of Florentine culture<br />
• Norwich/Chalmers/Fortini Brown’s analysis of Venetian culture.<br />
• Robert Hole for comparison of the Renaissance in Florence and Venice.<br />
Page 30
Question 3<br />
How important was the role of classical antiquity in the development of Renaissance<br />
humanism in the fifteenth century?<br />
The question asks candidates to develop their understanding of the main themes in humanism<br />
covering the periods described as ‘civic humanism’ and ‘neo-platonism’, and relating their origins<br />
to the concept of the Renaissance as the rebirth of classical antiquity and values.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the interest in civic humanism and neo-platonism within Florence<br />
• some of the key scholars associated with humanism, such as Salutati, Bruni, Ficino and Pico<br />
• the interests of humanist scholars in the ‘studia humanitatis’<br />
• a consideration of the “Ladder of Being” as a drift from conventional Christian thinking<br />
• the influence of classical works, writers and histories on the humanists<br />
• humanist interest in histories and textual criticism, through the works of Lorenzo Valla,<br />
Poggio Bracciolini and Niccolo Niccoli<br />
• the different phases of humanist development and why these phases occurred<br />
• the evolution from the Roman-based preoccupation to the increased interest in Greek works<br />
and the writings of the neo-platonists<br />
• a consideration of the active life of the civic humanists and the link with defence of liberty<br />
against the strong association with Republican Rome<br />
• the role of Greek studies in fuelling developments.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Hans Baron on the early century and the dominance of civic humanists and the active life<br />
• Kristellar and Garin on the debate over the moral philosophy element of humanism<br />
• Burckhardt on the shift from conventional Christian belief<br />
• Peter Burke on the influence of Greece and Rome<br />
• Robert Hole on the ever-present influence of antiquity.<br />
Page 31
Question 4<br />
How significant was the role played by Lorenzo de Medici in the cultural development of<br />
Florence in the period 1469-1492?<br />
The question asks candidates to assess the overall significance of Lorenzo de Medici to the<br />
cultural life of Florence.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the link between the cultural developments of the time and Lorenzo de Medici<br />
• Lorenzo’s personal contributions in language and design<br />
• the role of Lorenzo as a mediator for the arts and artists in terms of commissioning<br />
• Lorenzo as a setter of taste and fashion<br />
• the works of Botticelli and the young Michelangelo<br />
• the humanist circle of neo-platonists and the patronage enjoyed by them under the Medici,<br />
with particular reference to Poliziano<br />
• art as propaganda and the manipulation of art for political purposes<br />
• the wider cultural experiences of the period, such as the festivities and carnivals<br />
commissioned by Lorenzo<br />
• the development of the villa style of residence at Poggio a Caiano<br />
• the declining financial position of the Medici bank under Lorenzo and the limitations on his<br />
impact that this had.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Hale on the impact of the Medici on Florence<br />
• Brown on the specific dealings of Lorenzo on the city and his lasting impact<br />
• De Roover on Lorenzo’s declining financial base upon which to influence the period<br />
• Alison Brown on the power of Lorenzo de Medici.<br />
Page 32
Question 5<br />
How justified is the view that the Renaissance Papacy was more concerned with politics<br />
than religion?<br />
The question asks the candidate to define their understanding of the nature of the Renaissance<br />
Papacy, selecting examples from a range of characters.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the collective identity of the Renaissance papacy and its religious role<br />
• the balance of demands that the Papacy faced between temporal and spiritual concerns across<br />
the Renaissance period<br />
• the interdependence of the political and religious roles played by the papacy<br />
• the need to be seen as having a worldly role to retain credibility among the other Italian states<br />
• the broad acceptance of the dual role of the papacy at the time<br />
• Martin V’s ending of the Papal Schism and the need to re-establish both political and spiritual<br />
control over the Church and Church lands<br />
• the attempts of Sixtus IV and Alexander VI to expand papal territory. The campaigns of<br />
Caesare Borgia and the success of the 1500 Jubilee Year<br />
• the challenge to the papacy represented by Savonarola and the handling of the crisis<br />
• the collapse of papal authority in the hands of foreign powers (eg France, Spain, Luther)<br />
• Julius II and his use of patronage to further his own political claims to greatness, as<br />
exemplified by the commissioning of Michelangelo for his tomb.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Partner on the role of the papacy in establishing Rome as a political and religious capital<br />
• Graham-Dixon on the use of art to manifest the Papacy as both a spiritual and political<br />
power<br />
• Levey on the achievements of the later Renaissance under the papacy linked to the political<br />
struggles at the time<br />
• Robert Hole on the Renaissance in Rome.<br />
Page 33
Question 6<br />
Was there a “High Renaissance”?<br />
The candidate is asked to define what were the distinctive features of the High Renaissance, and<br />
why it may be regarded as a ‘peak’ of the Renaissance.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the periodisation of the High Renaissance at the end of the 15 th century, evolving away from<br />
Florence and establishing Rome as the significant centre of this phase<br />
• the close of the High Renaissance with the Sack of Rome, with the resulting impact of this on<br />
the papacy and general Italian self-confidence<br />
• the role of leading artists of the period such as Michelangelo and Raphael<br />
• the role of leading architects such as Bramante<br />
• the political state of the papacy and the Italian states at that time, with foreign intervention in<br />
the Italian wars<br />
• the influence of significant popes such as Julius II and Leo X<br />
• the significance of artistic patronage to compensate for the decline in religious authority<br />
being felt by the 1520s<br />
• some of the achievements of the High Renaissance<br />
• the idea of continuity rather than something new<br />
• the cultural developments associated with smaller political states during this period eg Urbino<br />
and Mantua.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Levey on the cultural achievements of the High Renaissance<br />
• Partner on the Roman Renaissance and the relationship between politics and art under the<br />
papacy<br />
• Cole on the range of Renaissance courts and their distinctive features.<br />
Page 34
The Renaissance in Italy in the Fifteenth and Early Sixteenth Centuries<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How fully does Source A describe the concerns of Renaissance Courts? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source A in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Martines will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view(s)<br />
• Centres of the union between power and privileged culture.<br />
• Patronage of letters and arts.<br />
• A marriage of power and imagination.<br />
• Arms and politics were fused together.<br />
• Sforza, Este and Gonzaga Lords were trained in swordsmanship... effort made to fire the<br />
children at court with the learning of humanism...horses, hunts,... overwhelmed books.<br />
Points which candidate develops from recall which support and explain the author’s view<br />
• The fusing of political and cultural activity at Court.<br />
• The rarefied elitism of Court life.<br />
• Patronage of the arts.<br />
• The need for mastery of warfare in political leadership at Court.<br />
• The semi military structure of Courts with their commander and soldiers at arms and rest.<br />
• The importance of hereditary succession of political power and the skills needed for this.<br />
• The interest in humanist learning found at Court.<br />
• The ultimate enduring strength of the military element of Court life over the intellectual.<br />
Points which offer a more critical contextualisation of the views in the sources<br />
• The fusion of political and cultural activity at Court can be exemplified across a wide range<br />
of centres.<br />
• The use of mercenary Lords interlinked with Court life, the clearest example being in<br />
Urbino.<br />
• The setting of Castiglione’s Courtier sheds light on the interests of a Renaissance Court and<br />
the pursuit of intellectual debate. There is strong support for the need to be well versed in<br />
arms to serve the lord.<br />
• Renaissance Courts were very varied in their intellectual interests and this is not reflected in<br />
the source.<br />
• The preoccupation of the Gonzaga family with schooling their children resulted in the<br />
Vittorino da Feltre Gymnasium which was heavily sponsored and highly successful.<br />
• Prestige and status could be enhanced by the pursuit of education.<br />
• The source does not develop the wider patronage aspect of Court life with many being major<br />
centres for the commissioning of art and the development of distinctive schools and<br />
innovations.<br />
• There is insufficient recognition of the role of women in Court life and the concerns that they<br />
brought to bear.<br />
Page 35
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Cole and the development of distinctive patterns of Court culture<br />
• Hollingsworth on the patterns of cultural activity seen at Renaissance Courts<br />
• Grendler on schooling in the Renaissance and the value placed on literacy and learning.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the Source A is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
concerns of Renaissance Courts.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer relevant and<br />
appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 36
Question 2<br />
How helpful are Sources B and C in revealing differing views over relationships<br />
between artists and patrons during the Renaissance? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate).<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources B and C and offers a structured evaluation of how<br />
helpful they are in showing different views of the relationship between artist and patron, in terms<br />
of:<br />
Source B<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: recognition that the writer was a distinguished patron. The letter is personal and<br />
designed to entice the artist into service.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view(s)<br />
• Master Leonardo... we have long desired... to have something by your hand...<br />
• you…drew our portrait in charcoal...<br />
• inconvenient for you to move here...<br />
• we beg you to keep your good faith with us...<br />
• payment, which you yourself shall fix...<br />
• we shall think nothing else but to do you good service...<br />
• offer ourselves to act at your convenience and pleasure.<br />
Points which candidate develops from recall which support and explain the author’s view<br />
• The Master status of Leonardo as an artist.<br />
• The clear desire to obtain a full work by his hand whatever the subject matter.<br />
• The previous work done by the artist and the mobile nature of his employment.<br />
• The deferential tone taken to entice the artist to work for the patron.<br />
• Financial reward will be big and set by the artist.<br />
• The ‘carrot’ is offered of preferment by the support offered if willing to do the commission.<br />
Page 37
Source C<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Baxandall will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view(s)<br />
• A fifteenth century painting is the deposit of a social relationship....<br />
• On the one side there is the painter... On the other side... someone else who asked him to make it...<br />
• painting was made on a made to order basis...<br />
• the client asking for manufacture after his own specifications...<br />
• Ready made pictures were limited...<br />
• painting was still too important to be left to the painters.<br />
Points which candidate develops from recall which support and explain the author’s view<br />
• Art in the Renaissance was not solely the work of an individual.<br />
• The artist and patron relationship was of defining importance.<br />
• Prestigious art was commissioned and only low quality was done without a direct commission.<br />
• Artists were required (by contract) to produce art as directed by the patron.<br />
• Patrons retained a decisive hand in their involvement in the creative process.<br />
Points which can be added by way of further contextualisation for both sources:<br />
The Sources account for part of the range of relationships which occur. Able candidates will be<br />
able to develop recall which suitably discusses the evolving status of the artist over the period of<br />
the Renaissance and in terms of the individual reputations of artists. This later point is also<br />
variable over the career of the artist.<br />
The limitations of the Sources lie in the lack of development on the differing relationships which<br />
exist between artists and the sources of their patronage. Different groups such as Guilds,<br />
confraternities, church authorities, government bodies and individuals could all by their nature<br />
develop differing styles of dealing and negotiating with artists. The use of contracts applied for<br />
all but wealthy individuals could afford looser terms than collective, accountable bodies<br />
commissioning art eg:<br />
• Isabella D’Este was an avid collector of art works. She collected the artists rather than their<br />
works eg correspondence with Perugino<br />
• the Gonzaga of Mantua illustrated the benefit of patronage at a Court through their appointment<br />
of Mantegna who is financially rewarded but is also given honours at Court<br />
• the contractual nature of the relationship between artist and patron was common during the<br />
period and it is rare to find such a loose offer of employment<br />
• although the great artists achieve the elevated status addressed by Source B it was much more<br />
common to see the retention of financial control by the patron until delivery of the final piece<br />
• the assertion of an increasing independence of the artist vis-à-vis the patron can be charted from<br />
an earlier Renaissance period. Vasari, if accepted, illustrates this growth of independence<br />
from Giotto onwards<br />
• many patrons took an active artistic interest in their commissions, eg Rucelli etc<br />
• prestige of association with a great artist is replicated for patrons across the Renaissance period<br />
• distinctions can be drawn between the different forms of patrons, corporate, lay, ecclesiastical<br />
and individual. Each was bound by different pre-occupations in the purpose of their<br />
commissioning.<br />
Page 38
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Baxandall on the interplay between the arts and the patron<br />
• Hollingsworth on the value placed on artists by patrons<br />
• Stephens on the ultimate determining effect that the artist has on the artistic works of the period.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the two sources is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
relationship between artists and patrons during the Renaissance.<br />
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 39
Question 3<br />
How useful is Source D in explaining the political control of Renaissance states? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate provides a structured evaluation of the value of Source D in explaining the key<br />
features of the political control of Renaissance states, placing it in perspective and in the context<br />
of an overview of political management, in terms of:<br />
Provenance:<br />
• recognition of Machiavelli as authority on this topic<br />
• primary Source: detailing the manipulation of power by a Prince in the Italian States during the<br />
Renaissance<br />
• controversial in advice offered.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Cesare Borgia...cruelty of his reformed the Romagna...<br />
• brought unity, and restored order and obedience...<br />
• must not worry if he incurs reproach for his cruelty...<br />
• so long as he keeps his subjects united and loyal...<br />
• disorders which lead to murder and rapine...<br />
Points which candidate develops from recall which support and explain the author’s view:<br />
• Borgia is seen as a model for strong princely leadership<br />
• the Papal States are finally subdued by Cesare but not solely due to his actions, the ground<br />
had been laid by previous popes through their use of mercenaries<br />
• unity of action within the body politic of Italian states is seen as a common goal among many<br />
writers of the period but was seldom achieved<br />
• the importance of unity and loyalty is seen by Machiavelli as critical for success among the<br />
Italian states, cited by others as well as a reason for Italian weakness in the face of foreign<br />
invaders<br />
• the issue of cruelty being accepted as part of political power was commonly understood as a<br />
political reality during the Renaissance but it was not commonly described as a virtue over<br />
the Christian tradition of compassion and forgiveness<br />
Page 40
Points which can be added by way of further contextualisation:<br />
• Machiavelli is writing during the period of the Italian Wars when Italy is weakened and seen<br />
as enfeebled by the failure to contain foreign armies and their rampage through the peninsula<br />
• murder and rapine were common place in the face of this warfare<br />
• Borgia is praised by Machiavelli for his decisive action but is also later heavily criticised for<br />
his lack of political insight in supporting his rival in the elevation of Pope Julius II<br />
• the political advice offered by Machiavelli is far from universally accepted and his work is<br />
heavily criticised after publication. Thus the contents are suspect as a clear illustration of<br />
accepted political control during the period<br />
• the rule of princes is only one expression of political power during the Renaissance<br />
• city states and republics remained a potent political reality and there was clear evidence of<br />
communal political decision-making with less room for arbitrary execution<br />
• although based on the presumption of princely rule, Machiavelli’s own favoured political<br />
expression was republicanism under which he served most of his career<br />
• for a contrasting expression of political leadership: see Castiglione through his work ‘The Courtier’.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• M. Johnson on the use of power by the Borgia family<br />
• Skinner on the insights made by Machiavelli on his society<br />
• Martines on the uses of power within city states as contrast to princedoms.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the Source D is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
political control of Renaissance states.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding<br />
of immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer<br />
is clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant<br />
points and shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context,<br />
shows a good factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may<br />
include reference to historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 41
France in the Age of Louis XIV<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
How justified is the view that ‘Louis perfected court life to an unprecedented degree’?<br />
Candidates are being invited to examine the court of Louis XIV and assess what made it novel<br />
and exceptional, both in the French and European context. Some evaluation would be anticipated<br />
of the objectives and outcomes associated with the Sun King’s deliberate pursuit of magnificence,<br />
order and ritual.<br />
Candidate might be expected to cover areas such as:<br />
• the development by Louis XIV of a French court of overwhelming splendour and ritual in<br />
contrast to the more relaxed court life of the early Bourbon monarchy<br />
• the origins of such a court, perhaps in Louis’ Spanish heritage, and the formality of the<br />
Madrid Habsburgs<br />
• where Louis’ court fits into the wider spectrum of royal courts in early modern Europe<br />
• reasons for moving the French court from the Louvre in Paris to Versailles<br />
• how the structure and setting of the French court deliberately promoted the image and power<br />
of the king:<br />
the propaganda message of both the physical layout of the Versailles palace and its<br />
ornamentation;<br />
the use of ritual and etiquette to emphasise the majesty of kingship.<br />
• the range of attractions provided by Louis to bring the elite to court and keep them there<br />
• the importance to courtiers of close daily contact with the king, as a way of gaining both<br />
social status and royal favours<br />
• how the attractions of court life waned as the king aged and the younger generation drifted<br />
away<br />
• the artificiality of court life and the values it inculcated; contemporary critics such as Saint-<br />
Simon and Boisguilbert<br />
• the positive and negative effects of the court in general and Versailles in particular on French<br />
society<br />
• the importance of Louis’ influence on ancien regime courts internationally.<br />
Page 42
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Beik: Louis perfected court life to an unprecedented degree. No other monarch so<br />
successfully combined hard work and socialising. Campbell: Louis’ genius lay in the art of<br />
kingship. Louis the very image of a king, a vital element of his power. The essay could also<br />
show familiarity with the arguments of historians like Burke about the court as propaganda<br />
• Sturdy comments on the use of ritual and etiquette to enforce ‘unequivocal submission to<br />
Louis’ authority’. Briggs: the court was ‘designed to make obedience attractive as well as<br />
prudent’<br />
• there might be some allusion to historians’ views about the negative effects of Versailles such<br />
as the isolation of the king and his courtiers from the real world. (Briggs – it made the king ‘a<br />
remote figure’ and ‘isolated the court’ with ‘very unfortunate consequences’).<br />
Other critical comments include:<br />
• Sturdy: the court promoted ‘social structures and values that were emphatically traditional’<br />
• Wilkinson: Versailles made the French ‘king-worshipping and conformist’<br />
• Briggs: Versailles provided a ‘stifling atmosphere’ in which to educate future rulers<br />
• Briggs also points out that the establishment of Versailles in fact came at the end of the great<br />
days of Louis’ court life, contrasting the vibrancy of the court of the young king (in Paris) with<br />
the ‘soulless’ atmosphere of Versailles in ‘the gloomy years of defeat’, while the Louis of the<br />
Mme de Maintenon era grew older and more straight-laced<br />
• Levron: contrasts the relative informality of the young king’s court with the rigid ceremonial<br />
of court life from 1680s on. For courtiers, court life expensive, exhausting, full of tension.<br />
Later court depressing and boring.<br />
Other recent writers however have tended to be less critical of the court at Versailles.<br />
Page 43
Question 2<br />
“Colbert served his king well, France less well.” How valid is this view?<br />
Candidates are being invited to discuss critically not just the measures pursued by Colbert in his<br />
efforts to overcome France’s chronic financial and economic problems, but also the aims and<br />
outcomes of the full range of the great minister’s activities on behalf of the French crown.<br />
Candidate might be expected to cover areas such as:<br />
• Colbert’s key position within Louis XIV’s government in the 1660s and 70s. His wideranging<br />
remit on behalf of the crown, as minister responsible for the navy, the royal building<br />
programme, patronage of the arts and promotion of the royal image<br />
• his talents and work ethic as royal servant: the single-minded dedication with which he<br />
pursued his task of royal service<br />
• his main objective not to reform France but to serve the king by promoting his wealth and<br />
magnificence, and provide Louis with the financial resources needed to achieve his gloire<br />
both at home and abroad<br />
• the entrenched problems that made his work of sorting out royal finances and stimulating the<br />
economy so difficult<br />
• efforts to boost royal finances, manage the long-term problems within the tax system, the<br />
strain put on Colbert’s programme by the needs of war<br />
• his adoption of a range of measures designed to stimulate industry and trade, and how far<br />
Colbert’s initiatives were hampered by entrenched interests<br />
• the wider international context of mercantilist thinking with regard to trade and currency<br />
• Louis XIV’s own priorities and the extent to which Colbert had to tailor his vision to meet<br />
these<br />
• how far Colbert’s own personal qualities helped or hindered his programme<br />
• his success in creating a French navy<br />
• his promotion of the arts and learning through Academies<br />
• his importance in the royal propaganda campaign<br />
• discussion of the main points implicit in the question: in what ways did Colbert prove a good<br />
servant to the Sun King?<br />
• did his policies not only fail to benefit France, but in fact do more harm than good?<br />
• what could he have done better?<br />
• was it his fault he didn’t do better?<br />
Page 44
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
The traditional view of Colbert the great reformer has been replaced by a much more critical<br />
assessment of his performance (Briggs, Pennington, Goubert) particularly in his management of<br />
trade and the economy.<br />
Colbert’s admirers:<br />
• Lavisse – visionary proto-capitalist ahead of his time;<br />
• Bluche – Colbert a compendium of talents;<br />
• Judge – his achievements ‘monumental’, his efforts ‘heroic’;<br />
• Ogg – a ‘superman’, at his best in spheres of industry and commerce;<br />
• Treasure – boldness of his initiatives admirable, his vision grander than his master’s, with a<br />
more comprehensive idea of the state’s potential, his economic imperialism commands<br />
respect for its vision and range.<br />
Revisionist views: focus on Colbert’s limitations:<br />
• Briggs – “prisoner of a whole set of crippling misapprehensions”,<br />
• Mettam, Wilkinson and also his actual aims<br />
• Meuvret – “solutions could never be more than expedients”;<br />
• Sturdy – “short term responses to the fiscal exigencies of the state”.<br />
• Shennan – Colbert a gifted official whose fundamental concern was to buttress the power<br />
and reputation of Louis and his state, committed to preparing the state for war; must be<br />
judged “according to the priorities which he and the king accepted as natural, not those of<br />
later generations”.<br />
• Annales historians, like Goubert, stress the very unfavourable context for economic<br />
development facing Colbert.<br />
Page 45
Question 3<br />
Did Louis XIV’s religious policies ultimately serve to discredit the monarchy in France?<br />
The aim of the question is to examine Louis XIV’s approach to religious issues, and to assess<br />
whether, in his dealing with the Papacy, with minorities within the Catholic Church, and with<br />
France’s Protestants, the policies he chose to pursue had such negative outcomes that they<br />
proved harmful to the reputation of the monarchy.<br />
Candidate might be expected to cover areas such as:<br />
The underlying principles that directed Louis XIV’s religious policies:<br />
• Louis’ own personal religious mindset: his orthodox, unquestioning Catholic convictions<br />
• his belief in Divine Right, and the spiritual dimension of the monarchy where power came<br />
from God and was centred on the Catholic church<br />
• his dislike of disunity and desire for religious uniformity within his kingdom<br />
• external influences manipulating him (Jesuits, Pere la Chaise, Mme de Maintenon)<br />
• his determination to promote French national interests<br />
• his desire to be Europe’s leading Christian monarch.<br />
His ambivalent relations with the Pope:<br />
• his quarrel with the Pope over the regale, arguably harmful to France domestically and<br />
internationally<br />
• his use of the Papacy, by contrast, in his campaign against the Jansenists.<br />
His actions to suppress the Jansenist movement:<br />
• did these in fact exacerbate division within the Church, and discredit the monarchy.<br />
His persecution of the Huguenots and the economic and political effects of the Revocation of<br />
the Edict of Nantes:<br />
• how far this was welcomed within France<br />
• adverse reaction outside France, adding to Louis’ already bad image abroad.<br />
Page 46
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Historians generally very critical about Louis XIV’s religious policies:<br />
• Sturdy: Louis’ ‘obsessive orthodoxy’, his tendency, encouraged by factions around him, to<br />
attempt simplistic solutions to very complex religious controversies. Louis turned Jansenism<br />
into cause which attracted much sympathy and influenced religious history of France until<br />
the Revolution. Revocation of Edict of Nantes earned Louis fewer plaudits than he had<br />
hoped. Outside France, pilloried as a tyrant. His solutions to religious problems stored up<br />
serious difficulties for state and church<br />
• Beik: Louis antagonised ecclesiastical establishment by allowing pope to dictate to French<br />
church in anti-Jansenist Bulls; Louis came full circle from allying with French church<br />
against the pope and Jansenists to allying with pope against Jansenists and French church, so<br />
antagonising many influential people who began to question king’s religious role<br />
• Campbell: issues faced by Louis XIV predated his reign and reflected longer-term problems.<br />
Edict of Fontainebleau a bad miscalculation: Protestants remained remarkably stalwart in<br />
their faith. A mistake for Louis to encourage Jansenist persecution and side with Jesuits:<br />
later victory of Jansenists over Jesuits in 18th century undermined royal authority<br />
• Wilkinson: Louis’ policies ‘undermined the prestige, the sacred nature of French kingship’<br />
• Ogg: triumph of orthodoxy not won cheaply; suppression of Huguenotism and Jansenism<br />
had repercussions on French thought; loss of popular esteem for monarchy because of<br />
association with Jesuits<br />
• Treasure: royal policies destroyed institutional Protestantism, but also their respect for<br />
authority and the king, previously very marked.<br />
Historians also give due weight to what was valid in Louis’ objectives:<br />
• Louis’ biographer Bluche emphasises the positives in Louis’ Huguenot policy, in terms of<br />
public opinion and France’s Catholic neighbours<br />
• Treasure: Louis would have been a man of exceptional independence of mind and moral<br />
courage to have resisted the pressure to enforce the conformity generally held to be desirable<br />
• Mousnier: the coronation oath obliged the king to fight against heresy (though the methods<br />
he used were inhumane, unchristian and tyrannical).<br />
Page 47
Question 4<br />
Has the wretchedness of the French peasantry under Louis XIV been exaggerated?<br />
The question invites analysis of the long-standing economic problems that impacted on France’s<br />
poorer citizens in the countryside. Candidates will be expected to examine critically the<br />
traditional view that these problems grew worse in Louis’ reign and to assess how far social<br />
distress at this time was occasioned by government policy, general economic trends or by acts of<br />
God such as extreme climate conditions and epidemics.<br />
Candidate might be expected to cover areas such as:<br />
Long-term factors impoverishing the French peasantry:<br />
• the undeveloped state of French agriculture, much of it subsistence farming in small farm<br />
units, rendering it vulnerable to bad weather, loss of stock through lack of fodder or animal<br />
epidemics, adverse family circumstances<br />
• emphasis on grain production in areas better suited to pasture<br />
• the lack of coinage that restricted rural development<br />
• the purchase of land by bourgeoisie for status and investment without investing in<br />
improvement<br />
• unfavourable tenant-landlord arrangements and surviving feudal laws that helped to<br />
impoverish the peasantry<br />
• heavy financial demands from landlord and church as well as state<br />
• unfair fiscal burden borne by the poorer classes, inefficiency and inequity with which it was<br />
assessed and collected<br />
• also the wider 17th century context of population stagnation and economic recession.<br />
Factors suggesting that things got worse in Louis XIV’s reign:<br />
• impact of changing government policy on peasants’ fiscal burden<br />
• the demands of war finance, imposing ever greater burdens which contributed to acute social<br />
distress in the last 2 decades of reign<br />
• increased fragmentation of holdings, indebtedness of the rural peasant elite<br />
• partial collapse of rural economy caused by adverse climate events (severe winters 1693, 94<br />
and 1708-9), then great bovine epidemic of 1714: resulting in more death, malnutrition, debt,<br />
destitution<br />
• the views of contemporary critics such as Fenelon, Vauban and Boisguilbert<br />
• other primary source evidence such as La Bruyère or John Locke.<br />
Factors which qualify this model:<br />
• suffering varied enormously from year to year depending on the success of the harvest<br />
• there were great regional differences from North to South<br />
• the authorities’ awareness of, and attempts to alleviate, peasant distress: Louis, through<br />
Colbert, attempted initially to ease the taille burden, by greater emphasis on indirect tax and<br />
attacking corruption in the system<br />
• the alleviating effects of self-help within the rural community, and clerical charity<br />
• rarity of peasant rebellions in Louis’ reign could be cited as evidence arguing an exaggeration<br />
of their suffering.<br />
Page 48
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• some historians highlight the government’s serious neglect of agriculture<br />
• recent local studies show great variety in the pattern of social distress<br />
• Mousnier: suggests that government policy was not primarily responsible for peasant<br />
wretchedness but points to the natural calamities of Louis’ reign being cumulative in their<br />
effect of causing increasing distress to France’s rural population<br />
• Briggs: talks of the ‘pauperisation of the peasantry’, and of the “parasitic exploitation of the<br />
peasantry by state, church, landlords and bureaucrats alike”. He sees royal taxation as<br />
having a “brutal impact”, and suggests that there is massive evidence for a transfer of wealth<br />
at this time from the rural world for the benefit of privileged minorities that could be as<br />
much as 20%<br />
• Wilkinson: warns against exaggerating the wretchedness of peasant life in Louis’ reign, but<br />
sees evidence for describing France as a ‘great poorhouse’, and the main reason as taxation<br />
necessitated by Louis’ war.<br />
Page 49
Question 5<br />
How valid are claims that the status and influence of the French nobility declined during<br />
the reign of Louis XIV?<br />
The question asks candidates to consider critically the traditional thesis that France’s nobility<br />
suffered a loss of power and importance under Louis XIV, and that this was the result of<br />
deliberate policy on the part of the king. They should discuss the problems faced by the ‘old’<br />
nobility at this time, and evaluate their continuing dominance in various areas of national life.<br />
Candidate might be expected to cover areas such as:<br />
• the traditional role of the nobility in French society, in government and power structures, both<br />
nationally and regionally, in the army and the Church<br />
• Second Estate not a homogeneous class: many ranks and conditions within nobility. Robe<br />
nobles recent arrivals in aristocracy; sword nobles included poor provincials of ancient line;<br />
court nobles a group apart<br />
• why French nobles might be considered by Louis to be a problem (particularly after the<br />
Frondes)<br />
• how far the creation of Versailles was a deliberate ploy to ‘domesticate’ the nobility<br />
• the position of the majority who were not court nobles: how far they remained part of a wider<br />
web of royal patronage<br />
• the growing importance of the Robe nobility in key areas of national life<br />
• Saint-Simon’s complaints about the decline of the great nobility<br />
• the financial problems undermining the strength of some noble families: inflation reducing<br />
incomes from estates; expense of career in army; Versailles lifestyle ruinously expensive;<br />
many court nobles dependent on king’s generosity for survival; many sword nobles forced to<br />
marry beneath them<br />
• the implications of the scrutiny of noble status undertaken by Colbert<br />
• Louis’ targeting of provincial troublemakers through methods such as the Grands Jours<br />
• how far noble influence declined as the powers of the parlements and provincial estates were<br />
reduced<br />
• how far the development of the intendant system restricted their local power<br />
• continued progress of Robe nobility thanks to Louis’ patronage: road to advancement and<br />
riches wide open through service to the crown<br />
• continuing enormous importance of traditional nobility to the king socially and regionally, as<br />
well as in the army, Church and on foreign embassies.<br />
Page 50
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• traditional historiography highlights the declining political role of the noblesse d’épée in<br />
contrast to the growing importance of the robe nobility: Louis, fearful of overmighty<br />
subjects, deliberately undermined noble power and privilege, sidelined them politically,<br />
appointed ‘bourgeois’ ministers and officials<br />
• Levron: Louis successfully domesticated his nobles<br />
• Ogg: through his court, Louis completed the atrophy of the French nobility<br />
• recent historians however argue that the once-accepted view of the decline of the French<br />
nobility under Louis XIV can no longer be sustained<br />
• Sturdy: suggests that to Louis it was ‘inconceivable that the social status of the nobility<br />
should be diminished’ and that Louis’ purpose was in fact to ‘revitalise the nobility’<br />
• Treasure: suggests that the distinction between the two groups of nobles, sword and robe,<br />
was weakening<br />
• Wilkinson: refers to the continuing ‘domination of France by the second estate’<br />
• Briggs: refers to Louis’ ‘ambivalent attitude to the nobility’ who were ‘a major prop to the<br />
state as well as a potential threat’<br />
• Kettering’s thesis: is that Versailles undermined the regional power of the great nobles by<br />
reducing their client networks. Beik disagrees: stresses importance for nobility of<br />
maintaining regional influence through network of personal connections<br />
• Bohanan: attacks ‘excessive emphases on Versailles’ in this debate<br />
• Judge: Versailles misrepresented as a contrivance to demoralise the nobility<br />
• Campbell: court system one of mutual benefits, rather than triumph of king over nobility.<br />
Page 51
Question 6<br />
To what extent was Louis XIV’s reign a ‘golden age’ for French culture?<br />
Candidates are invited to review the range of artistic output in Louis XIV’s reign, covering<br />
architecture and art, literature, theatre and music. There should be substantial consideration of the<br />
artistic world beyond Versailles. The essay should discuss just how vibrant French intellectual<br />
life was in the later 17th century, assessing perhaps the influence of French culture on other<br />
countries at this time, and why the French style came to be so admired and imitated.<br />
Candidate might be expected to cover areas such as:<br />
Major royal patronage of the arts: the development of Academies to raise the standards of culture<br />
in France and how far this patronage had a positive cultural effect.<br />
• the distinctly French style of architecture developed through the Academy system, used not<br />
just in the construction of royal palaces, but in public buildings in Paris and beyond<br />
• Colbert’s crucial role in promotion of culture<br />
• the intellectual style of painting fostered in the Academy of Painting<br />
• the intensive campaign to harness the talents of artists of all kinds, from France and abroad, to<br />
promote the king’s image<br />
• Versailles the ultimate achievement of government sponsorship of the arts: primary purpose<br />
not so much aesthetic but rather propaganda for Louis, in its use of frescoes, bas reliefs, and<br />
tapestries to celebrate the glory and achievements of Sun King<br />
• the quality of the art produced as propaganda by the likes of Le Brun compared to that of<br />
painters outside the royal sphere such as Lorrain and latterly Watteau<br />
• the use of sculpture for propaganda purposes, not just at Versailles but in civic settings<br />
• where French art under Louis fitted into the broader European context of the Baroque<br />
• the royal patronage of playwrights like Moliere and Racine, musicians like Lully, should be<br />
critically examined<br />
• use of patronage to get Louis a good press: writers and scholars, both French and foreign,<br />
received grants in return for recording Louis’ virtues in print<br />
• the impact of censorship on literature: how far state control distorted the literature produced<br />
at this time<br />
• the appearance of a more critical band of writers towards the end of the reign.<br />
• the sense among writers, artists and scientists that they were members of an international<br />
‘republic of letters’.<br />
Page 52
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• the older view was that royal patronage created a golden age in the arts and encouraged ‘the<br />
French genius’. Recent historians have been more critical in their assessment of the quality<br />
of late 17th century French culture, particularly in some of the work patronised by the king<br />
• Burke: suggests Louis’ cultural propaganda campaign was aimed at 3 audiences: Frenchmen,<br />
foreigners, posterity. Argues that Louvois responsible for a more aggressive style of<br />
glorification of the king’s image<br />
• Wilkinson: questions the quality of state-sponsored literature; Briggs describes “soulless<br />
temples to the cult of monarchy”<br />
• Treasure: also largely critical, particularly of Colbert’s management of culture: sees court as<br />
a great setting for established artists, but a difficult place for new talent to emerge<br />
• Sturdy: points to the decline of French universities in this period, with falling numbers and<br />
standards and increasing state interference. But otherwise he adopts a much more positive<br />
approach, seeing a vibrant encouragement of skills and ideas, with France opening herself to<br />
enriching cultural influences from outside. Control through academies not intended to<br />
impose a crushing orthodoxy, but create circumstances where creative talent could flourish.<br />
Page 53
France in the Age of Louis XIV<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How useful is Source A for an understanding of Louis XIV’s personal style of kingship?<br />
(12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured consideration of the usefulness of Source A in understanding<br />
the personal style of kingship of Louis XIV.<br />
Source A<br />
Provenance: A courtier at Versailles looks back on Louis XIV’s reign just after the King died.<br />
To offer his own reflections on the shortcomings of Louis’s personal rule and, perhaps, to voice a<br />
deeply-felt grievance about the exclusion of the old nobility from positions of authority<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• King is susceptible to flattery.<br />
• He is surrounded at court by yes-men, even among his generals and ministers.<br />
• He is so open to flattery that he receives the lowest-born.<br />
• His ministers get by less by their ability than by their willingness to bow and scrape before<br />
the King.<br />
• The King was thus open to manipulation by his ministers.<br />
Page 54
Points which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Saint-Simon’s criticisms run counter to other contemporary sources, which emphasise the<br />
King’s hard-work as a personal ruler. On taking personal responsibility for managing<br />
government after Mazarin’s death in 1661, Louis worked hard and set a daily timetable.<br />
• The King made efforts to ensure that he, and not his ministers, was in control of policy: he<br />
not only personally almost always attended the meetings of the key councils, but decided the<br />
composition of each meeting on a day-to-day basis.<br />
• No-one could claim a right to attend; had to wait for royal invitation.<br />
• Even key ministers like Colbert, his finance minister, and Lionne, his foreign minister, were<br />
not consulted on a daily basis, which might run counter to Saint-Simon’s suggestion that his<br />
ministers were constantly on hand to caress his ego.<br />
• Yet his personal control of matters did distance him from the day-to-day running of affairs,<br />
even if not in the way Saint-Simon suggested. Eg his departure for campaigns made it hard for<br />
him to keep in touch with domestic affairs.<br />
• Saint-Simon, as a scion of the old nobility, had a particular axe to grind: he was angered by<br />
Louis’s apparent preferment of lower-born noblesse du robe who did a good job of serving<br />
him. He exaggerates the extent to which the King’s ministers were coarse or vulgar.<br />
• None the less, Saint-Simon’s emphasis on the way in which Louis XIV’s ministers may have<br />
manipulated him raises the question as to how much personal control the King actually had<br />
over policy.<br />
Points which offer more critical contextualisation of the source<br />
• Historians debate how far Louis’ decision in 1661 to take personal control of government and<br />
be his own first minister constituted a revolution in government (Lavisse and most French<br />
historians think it was, Mettam and others suggest it was more a ‘reorganisation’).<br />
• Scholars have traditionally contrasted Louis’ hands-on approach to the previous regime<br />
where government was controlled by one key minister: Richelieu in the reign of Louis XIII<br />
and Mazarin during Louis XIV’s minority and early adulthood. Now historians like Munck<br />
and Sturdy place more emphasis on, for example, Louis XIV’s input into decision-making.<br />
• Candidates might also discuss the nature of the council system established by Louis, and how<br />
far it was an innovation.<br />
• Historians, such as Guy Rowlands, have shown that, though Louis sought loyal civil servants<br />
as his ministers, in fact the longest-serving among them (the Le Telliers, for example),<br />
succeeded in building up their own patronage networks. This, more than the superficial<br />
flattery at court, was what gave them their power.<br />
Page 55
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of<br />
topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to historians’<br />
views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or<br />
historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 56
Question 2<br />
How well do Sources B and C illustrate differing interpretations of the nature of French<br />
absolute monarchy under Louis XIV? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall.<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives.<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views.<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate).<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources B and C and evaluates the extent that they reveal<br />
the nature of the absolute monarchy under Louis XIV.<br />
Source B<br />
Provenance: Appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Dumont will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Writings from end of Louis’ reign suggest unhappiness with development of absolute<br />
monarchy under Louis.<br />
• thinks contemporaries felt royal power had become too great (‘overbearing’).<br />
• such power seemed to them ‘immoral’, not right, not good.<br />
• couldn’t rely on religious constraints to make king act justly.<br />
• preferred (what they fondly recalled as) medieval setup where kings had less power and<br />
ambition.<br />
• Dumont trying to interpret views of contemporary writers, but suggests it is difficult to<br />
uncover people’s real views, given the constraints of censorship.<br />
Points which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Contemporary writers tended to praise Louis fulsomely in first half of reign, be more critical<br />
later as France’s problems multiplied (eg Fenelon, Saint-Simon).<br />
• This growing criticism expressed concern with not just policies of Louis’ government, but<br />
with the extent of his power.<br />
• The theory of royal absolutism, with its legal framework, was almost universally accepted in<br />
post-Fronde France. Royal power derived from God alone; there was therefore no limit on<br />
powers exercised by a king who was the source of law and therefore above the law.<br />
• Feudal monarchy by contrast was based on relationships between lord and vassal, with rights<br />
and duties on both sides. Law was never the will of the king alone.<br />
• Louis himself would have been affronted to be accused of ‘despotism’; his memoirs clearly<br />
distinguish between ‘absolute’ and ‘despotic’ monarchy.<br />
Page 57
Source C<br />
Provenance: Appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Treasure will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
Rejects view that Louis XIV’s government could exercise total control over French state.<br />
Considers Louis’ monarchy was indeed still in some ways like medieval lordship.<br />
• Stresses king’s sense of duty to his Subjects, His obligation to respect their rights and<br />
privileges, his restriction by a superior natural law.<br />
• Concludes that monarchy under Louis was not in fact absolute.<br />
Points which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Louis’ government did increase central control through increasing use of intendants. But<br />
Louis generally avoided encroaching on rights of his subjects.<br />
• While restricting them, he made no attempt to abolish parliaments, provincial estates.<br />
• Continued to negotiate tax income from provincial estates, Church.<br />
• Respected nobles’ privileges, eg tax exemption.<br />
• Shennan remarks that ‘Louis was capable of breaking the law, but not of denying its<br />
existence’.<br />
• Parts of France still virtually outwith royal control (eg Clermont, Marseilles).<br />
• France remained a very complex legal jigsaw until the Revolution.<br />
Points which offer more critical contextualisation of the sources<br />
• These sources reflect the on-going debate about the reality of Louis XIV’s absolutism.<br />
• Traditional historians stressed the increasing control over institutions and regions discernible<br />
in Louis’ reign, the restricted powers of parlements, provincial estates, and municipal<br />
governments.<br />
• They point to the significant lack of political debate or opposition under Louis, the positive<br />
embracing of absolutism by the public in the aftermath of the Frondes, the huge respect,<br />
reverence even, for the person of the king, promoted by royal rituals and an active<br />
propaganda campaign.<br />
• Modern historians stress the limitations of absolutism in Louis XIV’s France.<br />
• Some argue that absolutism is a myth (Collins, Henshall).<br />
• Sturdy distinguishes between ‘absolutism’ as a general phase in European history, a concept<br />
increasingly discredited; and ‘absolute monarchy’, still an acceptable concept as a set of<br />
principles relating to ideas of sovereignty and law.<br />
• Briggs sees absolutism as ‘little more than a facade, beyond which many old limitations<br />
continued to operate’.<br />
• Several historians point to the practical limitations on a 17th century king who aspired to be a<br />
despot or dictator, including poor communications, recalcitrant local officials, and corruption.<br />
• They highlight Louis’ reluctance to offend local elites whose support was vital to his<br />
government, his willingness to compromise.<br />
• Mousnier comments that ‘Louis was not a tyrant because he used his power in accordance<br />
with the nation’s wishes.’<br />
• Some scholars still emphasise, however, the extent to which Louis did increase the power and<br />
scope of the French crown, and achieved discipline and obedience among his subjects.<br />
Page 58
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 59
Question 3<br />
How fully does Source D account for the origins of Louis XIV’s policy towards the<br />
Huguenots? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source D as an adequate explanation and account<br />
of the origins of Louis XIV’s policy towards the Huguenots, in terms of:<br />
Provenance : appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: recognition that Voltaire was 18th century French writer of the Enlightenment, one of the<br />
earliest historians of Louis XIV’s reign, and that he was an opponent of the policy and those who<br />
promoted it. Religious toleration was a strong theme which pervaded all Voltaire’s writings.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
Various groups, for various reasons, encouraged the king to act against the Huguenots<br />
• leading Catholic clergy, including the Pope<br />
• major figures in government, the le Telliers, in pursuit of their political rivalry with Colbert<br />
(here portrayed as a moderating influence).<br />
Louis himself viewed Huguenots with suspicion<br />
• they had organised rebellions against the crown in the past<br />
• he did not understand their beliefs.<br />
So Louis adopted a policy of steadily undermining the position of the Huguenots in France.<br />
Page 60
Points which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
France’s Protestants had enjoyed limited but substantial religious and civil rights since the Edict<br />
of Nantes (1598).<br />
Historians like (Treasure and Sturdy) now emphasise that Louis from the 1660s came under<br />
intense pressure to end religious division in France.<br />
• From leading individual Catholic clergy like Bossuet and Fenelon.<br />
• From the Assembly of the Clergy.<br />
• He received frequent petitions and protests arising out of local disputes between Catholics<br />
and Huguenots.<br />
• Jesuit priests were influential at court, especially Louis’ confessor Pere La Chaise.<br />
• Chancellor le Tellier was throughout a forceful advocate of persecution; his son Louvois also<br />
seen as a key influence on Louis, and certainly made troops available for the dragonnades.<br />
Historians debate as to how far they (and later Mme de Maintenon) should be blamed for<br />
promoting the policy.<br />
• The attitude of ‘the Court of Rome’ varied depending on the current Pope. Innocent XI<br />
unhappy at persecution, preferred schemes of voluntary reunion.<br />
• Louis himself remembered the Huguenot rebellions of his father’s reign; since 1629,<br />
however, they had been conspicuously loyal, notably during the Fronde.<br />
• Louis’ grasp of Catholic theology was simple and basic; Protestant ideology was to him not<br />
only incomprehensible, but heretical.<br />
• However, Louis in his 1671 memoirs declares himself still determined to respect his<br />
grandfather’s promise to the Huguenots – but to restrict the Edict to its narrowest legal limits.<br />
Points which offer more critical contextualisation of the source<br />
• Anti-Huguenot activity did not begin in Louis’ personal rule; provincial commissions had<br />
already restricted Protestant worship in many localities in the 1650s.<br />
• Religious toleration within a state very rare in 17th century Europe, not seen as a good thing<br />
by contemporaries.<br />
• Louis bore a deep sense of responsibility towards God for the salvation of all his subjects: can<br />
be argued that he acted from idealistic motives rather than prejudice.<br />
Conclusion: Source D suggests, not always fairly or accurately, a considerable range of<br />
influences on Louis as he decided how to deal with the Huguenot problem, but does not explain<br />
adequately the reasons why Louis chose the policy he pursued.<br />
Page 61
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or<br />
historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 62
Georgians and Jacobites: Scotland (1715-1800)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
How far was hostility to the Treaty of Union the main cause of the1715 rebellion?<br />
The aim of this essay is to allow the candidate to analyse the causes of the 1715 rebellion and to<br />
evaluate the extent to which hostility to the Union was the main cause. The long term causes of<br />
the 1715 rebellion inevitably stretch back to a time before the dates specified in the conditions<br />
and arrangements. No candidate should be penalised for lack of evidence of this earlier period,<br />
though credit should be given for appropriate use of earlier material. Narratives of the origins of<br />
Jacobitism will detract from the quality of the essay. Better candidates would be aware that<br />
causation is not necessarily simple, and that causes may be interlinked.<br />
The candidate might use evidence such as:<br />
Points suggesting that hostility to the Union was a significant cause<br />
• Use of the anti-Union message in Mar’ proclamation of the rebellion in 1715.<br />
• Anger of many Scots magnates as they found themselves excluded from the House of Lords.<br />
They had expected the Union to gain them access to London patronage, whereas in fact it did<br />
only for a minority.<br />
• Anti-Union demonstrations, riots and writings from 1707 onwards.<br />
• Evidence that, unusually, even members of the Kirk became sympathetic to Jacobitism<br />
because of the Union.<br />
• A perception that Scotland’s economic problems were caused by the Union (Historians are<br />
still arguing about the facts of the matter, but in this case it is the perception that is<br />
important.)<br />
• The abortive 1708 rising clearly had a lot to do with the Union. There was an element of<br />
“unfinished business” about 1715.<br />
Points suggesting that the causes were not to do with the Union<br />
• Discontent at the accession of George of Hanover.<br />
• Genuine ideological commitment of the Episcopalian Church to divine right.<br />
• Obligations felt by certain individuals and families (eg Robertson of Struan). Having pledged<br />
support to James VII they were reluctant to desert his son.<br />
• Higher taxes as a result of the War of the Spanish Succession.<br />
• The personal ambitions of the Earl of Mar.<br />
• The tensions in the Highlands, especially between the Campbells and their neighbours in<br />
Lochaber.<br />
• Failure of the government to manage Scotland properly. For example the rapid running down<br />
of the armed forces after Utrecht and the disbanding of the <strong>Scottish</strong> Privy Council in 1708.<br />
• The existence of significant Jacobite activity in England, especially in Northumberland.<br />
Page 63
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate commentary from historians to bear upon the<br />
problem. These might include:<br />
• Lynch: More than three quarters of Scots disliked the Union<br />
• Prebble: “A common detestation of the Union imposed some extraordinary alliances”<br />
• Lenman: Demolishes the idea that the rebellion had anything to do with Highland against<br />
Lowland, and stresses the importance of the Episcopalian community in the North East. He<br />
also says that “the main Jacobite recruiting agent was clearly widespread discontent.”<br />
• Whatley agrees that the Fifteen owed a lot to popular dissatisfaction with the Union, but also<br />
argues that one can go to far in dismissing the otherness of the Highlands as a factor: after all,<br />
the Highlands always provided over half the Jacobite armies<br />
• Szechi’s recent life of Lockhart of Carnwath is a reminder that some lairds simply stuck to<br />
their principles with loyalty and sincerity – and self-destructive obstinacy.<br />
Page 64
Question 2<br />
To what extent was there a distinctive Highland Society before 1745?<br />
The purpose of this essay is to encourage candidates to analyse the nature of Highland society<br />
before the 1745 rebellion and, by comparison with Lowland society, come to a valid conclusion<br />
about the similarities and differences between the two. The word “before” in the title could be<br />
taken to mean “immediately before” or “from 1715-1745”. Candidates would not be penalised<br />
for concentrating on the shorter time period, but the longer period would be likely to allow a more<br />
substantial analysis.<br />
The problem is so complex that no particular approach should be expected. A candidate might,<br />
for example, make good use of local knowledge or of a particular clan history.<br />
The candidate might make use of such evidence as:<br />
Ways in which the Highlands seem to have been distinct<br />
• The widespread use of Gaelic<br />
• The clan structure: paternalistic, authoritarian chiefs with “hereditary jurisdictions”; strong<br />
clan loyalty; traditional lands; bards who handed down and developed a clan mythology; the<br />
tacksmen, whose tenancies were based more on kinship than on economic rents<br />
• The separate Highland dress<br />
• Different geography created different economics: cattle the main branch of agriculture, the<br />
lack of any urban environment, comparative poverty<br />
• Ability of chiefs to raise private armies whose regiments were organised according to the clan<br />
hierarchy<br />
• The concept of duthchas, the collective right to land, kept commercial exploitation of estates<br />
in check<br />
Points that suggest that the problem is complex<br />
• The familiar simple view of clan structures was largely invented in the early nineteenth<br />
century, notably by Walter Scott in time for George IV’s visit to Edinburgh.<br />
• Highland society not static during these decades. One notable change was the replacement of<br />
tacksmen with tenants paying an economic rent on the Argyll estates.<br />
• There was enormous diversity between different clans and the life-style of different chiefs. A<br />
brigand like Macdonald of Keppoch and a magnate like the Duke of Atholl ought not to be<br />
lumped together.<br />
• Many of the greatest families in Scotland had estates and life-styles that spanned Highland<br />
and Lowland (for example the Gordons).<br />
• There were still, outside the Highlands, elements of lordly authority, family loyalty and the<br />
ability to force retainers to “come out” in warfare.<br />
Page 65
There is a wide range of historians' views that candidates could bring to bear upon the<br />
issue. These might include:<br />
• Michael Lynch: Stresses the divisions within clans and the lawlessness arising from broken<br />
clans.<br />
• Christopher Duffy: The clan system is still a valuable concept “at the heart of the Highland<br />
culture”<br />
• Bruce Lenman: Emphasises that there was no “system”, that many chiefs were embracing<br />
commercialism before 1745 (for example Lochiel) and that Highland society was of<br />
“labyrinthine complexity”<br />
• Christopher Whatley: The dismantling of the clan system by the chiefs began as early as the<br />
seventeenth century<br />
• T.C.Smout: More and more chiefs were giving their sons a Lowland education before 1745<br />
• T.M.Devine: Ties of blood rarely extended beyond the immediate family, but bards, feasts<br />
and genealogy did help preserve social cohesion. As late as 1724 it was reported that 26<br />
chiefs could raise 18,890 warriors.<br />
Page 66
Question 3<br />
How much did the development of Glasgow, up till the American War of 1776, owe to the<br />
tobacco trade?<br />
No one disputes that the development of Glasgow had a very great deal to do with the tobacco<br />
trade.<br />
The purpose of this essay is to encourage the candidate to analyse closely the causes of the<br />
development and to consider how much was due to tobacco. The more broadly the word<br />
development is defined by the candidate the more interesting points it will be possible to make.<br />
The candidate might make use of such evidence as:<br />
Points that emphasise the importance of tobacco<br />
• Tobacco provided one third of <strong>Scottish</strong> imports and two-thirds of exports in this period.<br />
• Numerous small manufacturers (of buckets, crockery etc) were feeding the needs of the<br />
tobacco growers.<br />
• The money and the interest of the “lords” – Glassford, Bogle – helped stimulate and direct<br />
Glasgow’s cultural development.<br />
Points which suggest that tobacco was not the unique cause of Glasgow's development<br />
• The West Indies sugar trade was also growing.<br />
• By 1776 there was the beginning of an export trade in and a domestic demand for<br />
manufactures that were no longer dependent on tobacco. The Smithfield Iron Company, for<br />
example.<br />
• The foundation of reliable banks enabled all aspects of economic life, not just tobacco, to take<br />
advantage.<br />
• Note: Candidates might well argue that most of these and other developments began with the<br />
stimulus of tobacco trade and money.<br />
By 1776 Glasgow had definitely gone beyond a “one commodity city”.<br />
• The University had a status that no longer required the patronage of tobacco lords.<br />
• The Forth-Clyde Canal, begun in 1768, widened the domestic market.<br />
• Cotton wool imports quadrupled between 1755 and 1770.<br />
There is no marked historiographical dispute, but candidates should be able to refer to the<br />
work of a range of historians, including, for example:<br />
• T.M.Devine: Several books, of which the most recently and easily accessible to candidates is<br />
“Scotland’s Empire” 1600-1815” in which he writes: “The tobacco trade transformed the<br />
social and cultural world of Glasgow”<br />
• Arthur Herman’s “The <strong>Scottish</strong> Enlightenment” makes similar points and argues that Adam<br />
Smith learned about business by observing the tobacco trade<br />
• Christopher Whatley in “<strong>Scottish</strong> Society 1707-1830” deals more with the development of<br />
the trade than with the development of Glasgow. He does remind readers of the existence,<br />
and growing importance, of other sectors than tobacco (for example linen.)<br />
• T.C.Smout in “A History of the <strong>Scottish</strong> People” argues that Glasgow’s middle classes were<br />
unusually enterprising and innovative, in contrast to those in other <strong>Scottish</strong> cities. Even ones<br />
whose main trade was tobacco were quick to see the possibilities of other commodities –<br />
leather, soap or whatever.<br />
Page 67
Question 4<br />
To what extent did urban living conditions improve in eighteenth century Scotland?<br />
The purpose of this essay is for candidates to weigh up evidence for and against the improvement<br />
of living conditions. It also allows more thoughtful candidates to consider whether change<br />
necessarily followed a steady path. There may have been decades of rapid change and other years<br />
of set-backs.<br />
Different sectors of society may have had different experiences. Candidates may, of course, bring<br />
examples from any <strong>Scottish</strong> towns: well used local knowledge would be welcome<br />
The candidate might use such evidence as:<br />
Points which suggest conditions improved<br />
• Planned urban development: Craig’s New Town in Edinburgh and Barry’s George Square in<br />
Glasgow are only the two most famous. Most towns had a planned Georgian extension.<br />
• Immigrants moved to the cities because conditions here were better than in the rural squalor<br />
of their birth.<br />
• For the middle classes with purchasing power conditions certainly improved. They could<br />
take advantage of new houses, wider streets, and fresher air.<br />
• Between 1750 and 1790 wages tended to increase in proportion to prices, which made most<br />
workers better off.<br />
Points which suggest conditions did not improve<br />
• The death rate was higher in the towns than in the country.<br />
• After 1790, with bad harvests and a foreign war, prices tended to rise faster than wages.<br />
• The pressure of population overwhelmed the capacity of structures to cope: housing,<br />
sewerage, water supply, education all at times suffered. (For example, Paisley grew from<br />
6,800 in 1755 to 31,200 by 1801.)<br />
• The creation of new towns tended to make conditions worse in the old towns, as the middle<br />
classes took their education, purchasing power and political influence elsewhere.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians' commentary to bear upon the<br />
issue. These may include reference to:<br />
• any history of an individual town; these are too numerous to list<br />
• T.C.Smout’s classic “A History of the <strong>Scottish</strong> People” contains a wealth of material,<br />
emphasising the impact of population growth. His conclusion on this topic is as follows:<br />
“The question should be whether or not those for whom the Industrial Revolution came as a<br />
blessing outnumbered those to whom it brought deterioration. This, however, is<br />
unanswerable.”<br />
• Christopher Whatley frequently reminds readers of regional variations and the dangers of<br />
generalisation. He also emphasises the importance of the relationship of wages to prices,<br />
mentioned above<br />
• T.M.Devine’s “The <strong>Scottish</strong> Nation” devotes a chapter to urbanisation which includes<br />
emphasis on the public health issues. However, the dates of his survey (1760-1830) illustrate<br />
a common problem candidates may find in relating their reading on this particular topic to the<br />
dates of the syllabus. Markers should be aware that evidence from the first decades of the<br />
nineteenth century may be relevant to this title as illustrations of trends.<br />
Page 68
Question 5<br />
“The maintenance of order was the only aim of government as far as Scotland was<br />
concerned.” How accurate is this judgement with reference to the period 1715-1800?<br />
The purpose of this essay is for the candidate to review the motives of the government when it<br />
came to dealing with Scotland during the century. Essays should show an ability to analyse these<br />
motives and to weigh up points for and against the quotation under discussion. Although<br />
candidates should review the whole century they should not be penalised for concentrating<br />
primarily on particular decades. Better candidates should consider whether the aims of<br />
government changed during the period.<br />
The candidate might include such evidence as:<br />
Points in favour of this judgement<br />
• The comparative neglect of Scotland by Westminster in the first half of the century unless<br />
there was a public order crisis (Porteous riots, Jacobite rebellions).<br />
• The Disarming Acts and other repressive measures after the Jacobite rebellions.<br />
• The huge sums spent on Fort George.<br />
• The fact that the Wade Roads had a military rather than commercial purpose.<br />
• The political trials of the 1790s.<br />
• The time and energy expended by Ilay and Dundas on political management on behalf of<br />
Westminster.<br />
Points which suggest that the government had other considerations in mind<br />
• The way in which Dundas in particular used his patronage to bring money, jobs and<br />
significance to Scotland.<br />
• The stimulation and protection of linen manufacture in the decades after the Union.<br />
• The commissioning of Telford to revive the infrastructure of the Highlands at the very end of<br />
this period<br />
Candidates may discuss a range of historical commentary in arriving at their conclusion.<br />
This might include:<br />
• Michael Fry: Walpole’s ideal ruler of Scotland was someone who “could do as he liked<br />
provided he kept the country quiet”. But Fry is also more sympathetic than many to<br />
Dundas’s motives. He also considers the removal of heritable jurisdictions as a prelude to<br />
improvements in local government<br />
• Bruce Lenman: Inclined to be cynical of the motives of governments and calls Scotland “a<br />
machine politician's paradise”<br />
• Christopher Whatley: Emphasises the extent of disorder, and the efforts made by the state<br />
(with the support of the Kirk) to maintain order. “The main function of paternalism was to<br />
defend authority.” But he also argues that the authorities could be quite sophisticated in their<br />
approach and saw economic developments as part of the process<br />
• A.J.Durie: has calculated that government intervention was responsible for as many as<br />
100,000 jobs.<br />
Page 69
Question 6<br />
“Scots accepted the idea that progress was to be achieved by absorbing English civilisation.”<br />
How justified is this view of eighteenth century Scotland?<br />
The purpose of this essay is to allow the candidate to show the ability to generalise effectively<br />
across a wide field, and bring an analysis of evidence to bear on a broad problem. The concept<br />
“civilisation” can be interpreted in many ways and candidates should not be penalised for<br />
omitting some particular area that the marker happens to think is important.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as<br />
Points suggesting an acceptance of “English civilisation”<br />
• David Hume called Scots “a barbarous tongue”.<br />
• English elocution teachers (eg Thomas Sheridan) found plenty of pupils in Edinburgh.<br />
• Many leaders of <strong>Scottish</strong> society spent part of the year in London after the Union: they<br />
absorbed English manners and fashions.<br />
• English entrepreneurs (famously John Roebuck) made a big contribution to the development<br />
of <strong>Scottish</strong> industry.<br />
• The agricultural improvers got many of their ideas from Holland but via England.<br />
• The Moderate party in the Kirk owed a good deal to Hobbes, Locke, Newton and<br />
Shaftesbury.<br />
• Many Scots apparently were happy to talk about “North Britain”.<br />
• The attempts to “civilise” the Highlands saw many Lowlanders applying English ideas.<br />
Points suggesting a resistance to English influence<br />
• The Jacobite rebellion included a good deal of explicit hostility to the Union.<br />
• The Kirk maintained its independence, and the King had occasionally to be reminded that he<br />
was not head of the Church of Scotland.<br />
• Hume spent a good part of his career in France. Many of the Enlightenment ideas were<br />
cosmopolitan, not English.<br />
• There was a strong literary movement that was determined to maintain the Scots tongue.<br />
Fergusson and Burns are the two most famous exponents of this.<br />
• Some of Burns’ content (“bought and sold for English gold....”) is anti-English. His work on<br />
<strong>Scottish</strong> songs in collaboration with George Thomson was an unpaid labour of love.<br />
• The publication of Macpherson’s “Ossian” in the 1760s began a romantic <strong>Scottish</strong> revival.<br />
• Many judges, including Kames and Braxfield, took pride in speaking Scots on the bench.<br />
Candidates may draw upon a range of historians in arriving at their conclusion, for<br />
example:<br />
• David Daiches: “The relation between the British and the <strong>Scottish</strong> dimensions in the <strong>Scottish</strong><br />
Enlightenment is not always easy to define, because of the pride in the <strong>Scottish</strong> achievement<br />
and defensiveness about the Scots language.”<br />
• Christopher Whatley: “A foray of ironmasters into the Highlands led entirely by<br />
Englishmen” and “There was hardly an industrial process of any importance in Scotland<br />
which to some extent or other was not improved with knowledge from England.”<br />
• Recent books on the Enlightenment such as Arthur Herman’s “The <strong>Scottish</strong> Enlightenment”<br />
and James Buchan’s “The Capital of the Mind” all have relevant ideas on the issue.<br />
Page 70
Georgians and Jacobites: Scotland (1715-1800)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How useful is Source A as evidence of the state of <strong>Scottish</strong> Agriculture in the mideighteenth<br />
century? (12 marks)<br />
The candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured consideration of the usefulness of Source A in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance will earn credit. These may<br />
include:<br />
• Grant of Monymusk was a well known improver, author of, for example “The Practical<br />
Farmer’s Pocket Companion”<br />
• he also had lived as an MP in England and studied crop rotation there.<br />
• he is said to have planted 50 million trees on his estates in Aberdeenshire.<br />
• the tone of the passage is one of frustration. Words such as “mismanagement”, “neglect and<br />
“forthwith” show that this is not a calm survey of facts but has the purpose of expressing<br />
irritation.<br />
Points from the source which show that the candidate has interpreted the significant views<br />
• <strong>Scottish</strong> agriculture suffers from poor drainage.<br />
• Also from the open field system and from the lack of trees.<br />
• He says that the main problem on his estates is obstructive, conservative, ignorant and<br />
improvident tenants.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Importance of drainage and tree planting for all the improvers – eg on the Atholl estates<br />
• Views of other improvers – Lord Kames and Cockburn of Ormiston.<br />
• Grant's estates were only one region of Scotland. The relatively prosperous East Lothian and<br />
the mountainous Highlands – to give two examples – were in a very different state.<br />
• When Grant says “people in other countries” he will be thinking of English improvers such as<br />
Townshend and Cooke. Also possible of the innovative Dutch.<br />
• Explanation of what the “open field” and “enclosed” systems involved, their merits and<br />
demerits.<br />
• Improvement, when it came, involved massive rural depopulation. It may have been selfpreservation<br />
not “mismanagement” that made tenants inclined to stick to labour-intensive<br />
practices.<br />
Page 71
Points from recall which offer a wider contextualisation or which show gaps in what the<br />
source can tell us about the state of <strong>Scottish</strong> agriculture<br />
• The gradual introduction of crop rotation.<br />
• The black cattle trade.<br />
• The gradual introduction of lime and manure.<br />
• The fact that in the mid-century there were still bad years when marginal land became<br />
entirely unprofitable – as happened to Burns at Mossgiel.<br />
Candidates may discuss a range of historian's commentary to reach their conclusion. This<br />
could include:<br />
• James Handley’s traditional view (followed in simpler text books) that takes the improvers<br />
at their own evaluation<br />
• Bruce Lenman’s more sceptical view of Improvement as “a rich man’s non-paying hobby”<br />
• T.C Smout makes a similar point quoting one of Kames’s tenants: “My Lord, to hear you<br />
talk of farming you would think you were born yestreen”<br />
• the consensus at present (Christopher Whatley, T.M.Devine as well as those already<br />
mentioned) is that real improvement only came towards the end of the century, made possible<br />
by the rising prices that accompanied the French Wars.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which Source A is useful as evidence for the state of agriculture in Scotland in the<br />
middle of the eighteenth century<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidates may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or<br />
historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 72
Question 2<br />
How well do Sources B and C illustrate the differing interpretations of Charles<br />
Edward Stuart's abilities as leader of the '45? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (Maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspective<br />
• the range and quality of the historians views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate).<br />
The candidate considers the interpretations in Sources B and C of Charles Edward Stuart’s<br />
abilities as a leader and offers a structured evaluation of them in terms of:<br />
Source B<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. Accurate<br />
comment on Susan Kybett will be credited under marks awarded for historiography<br />
Points from the source which show that the candidate has interpreted the significant view:<br />
• Charles was “irked” by the popularity of his subordinate commanders<br />
• Charles was impetuous<br />
• he tried to undermine Lord George Murray by spreading gossip<br />
• there is a claim that he had ideas of assassinating Murray<br />
• he treated “men of noble birth” discourteously.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Charles’s tendency to moods of irritation inappropriate in a leader can be illustrated by his<br />
sulky demeanour and words after Derby.<br />
• Examples of Charles’s “impetuosity” might include the decision to invade England, the<br />
famous “I am come home” speech and the decision to launch the rebellion at all.<br />
• He notoriously favoured the Irish (Sheridan, O’Sullivan) over the Scots in the later stages of<br />
the campaign.<br />
• Various exchanges of letters between Charles and Murray, which are published in books to<br />
which the candidates may have access, can be used to exemplify the ill feeling between them.<br />
• Lord Elcho, the source of some of Source B’s most damaging claims, was not an impartial<br />
witness. Having lost everything for the cause, he wrote memoirs very hostile to Charles and<br />
he is said to have described him, at Culloden, as “a damned cowardly Italian”.<br />
Page 73
Source C<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. Accurate<br />
comment on Christopher Duffy will be credited under marks awarded for historiography<br />
Points from the source which show that the candidate has interpreted the significant view<br />
• Charles was inexperienced.<br />
• Charles had thought deeply about war.<br />
• He was blessed with luck.<br />
• He kept himself physically fit.<br />
• He was a good motivator.<br />
• If he had had conventional leadership qualities he could not have “generated the unique style<br />
of the Jacobite army...élan, impudence and opportunism”.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• “Luck” may seem an unscientific quality to rely upon – but Napoleon, for one, thought it a<br />
vital attribute in a leader. Charles’s luck may be exemplified by his dodging the Royal Navy,<br />
by the atrocious weather that kept Wade on the wrong side of the Pennines, and by the<br />
feebleness of the government's arrangements in Scotland in the summer of 1745.<br />
• Numerous examples of his ability as a motivator: persuading Lochiel to join against his better<br />
judgement; numerous eye-witness accounts of his charisma; his walking with his men in all<br />
weathers.<br />
• This point may, however be challenged with reference to the number of his followers who<br />
were forced to fight by chiefs and landlords, and by the fact that Lochiel’s “motivation” was<br />
the result of hard financial bargaining.<br />
• His physical toughness was never more apparent than in the flight in the heather, but equally<br />
none of his detractors deny that he always kept pace with the army, sharing the hardships of<br />
the troops.<br />
• The “unique style” of the Jacobite army can be exemplified by their rapid march on<br />
Edinburgh from Lochaber, by their crossing of the swollen Esk as they withdrew from<br />
England, by their use of the Highland Charge and by their secret outflanking march before<br />
Prestonpans.<br />
Points which offer a wider contextualisation of the views in the sources<br />
• Charles’s wrong assumptions that the French would invade to support him, and that there<br />
were thousands of English Jacobites ready to rise as soon as they crossed the border.<br />
• Charles’s contribution to the mishandling of Culloden – including indecision when the order<br />
to charge should have been given, giving too much responsibility to the incompetent<br />
O’Sullivan.<br />
• Charles’s failure to attempt any negotiation after Culloden. His total capitulation left his<br />
followers doomed to submit to whatever punishments the government chose to apply.<br />
Page 74
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Jeremy Black and others argue (as does Duffy) that it was a mistake to retreat from Derby<br />
• Bruce Lenman, on the other hand, agrees with Kybett that the whole enterprise was by then<br />
bound to fail.<br />
• T.M.Devine says it was doomed from the start for lack of support, even in Scotland<br />
• Most historians are hostile to Charles: Daniel Szechi says that, on the question of whether or<br />
not the French would invade and the English rise, he was not even being naively optimistic,<br />
he was telling lies. He also, however, thinks that an advance from Derby might have worked<br />
• every account of the “Forty-Five” has a view on this question. Traditional romantic histories<br />
emphasised Charles’s charisma. Then a new orthodoxy developed in the 1970s which took<br />
for granted Charles’s deficiencies and Murray’s brilliance as a soldier. Now this is being<br />
challenged by historians (such as Duffy) who try to take a balanced view without committing<br />
themselves to extremes.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which Sources B and C illustrate differing views of Charles Edward’s abilities as a<br />
leader.<br />
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is clearly<br />
written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and shows<br />
an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good factual<br />
grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to historical<br />
interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 75
Question 3<br />
How fully does Source D explain the motives for educational reform in Scotland 1715-1800?<br />
(12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source D as an adequate explanation of the<br />
motives for educational reform in Scotland, in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include:<br />
• genuine proposals from the 1760s, so clearly accurate statement of at least some of the<br />
motives for educational reform, probably the writer’s own, but certainly ones which he<br />
believes his readers will respond to<br />
• the writer is trying to persuade his readers that the new Academy is worth supporting, so this<br />
source will only include creditable and convincing motives.<br />
Points from the source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view<br />
• Lack of education causes unnatural distinctions between persons<br />
• An educated person will be “better able to fill any station to more advantage”<br />
• Educated people can give practical advice to “merchant, mechanic and farmer”<br />
Points from recall which support develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• The idea that social distinctions were not based on “natural superiority” was radical for 1761,<br />
but certainly such radicals existed. This is only a few years before the American Revolution.<br />
• Diderot’s “Encyclopaedia” in France had been dedicated to the link between learning and<br />
practical improvement, as was the “Encyclopedia Britannica” which was being compiled in<br />
Edinburgh at this time.<br />
• The agricultural improvers believed that learned men could give practical advice to farmers<br />
• The “Academy movement” was based on the ideas expressed in the source, which shows it<br />
was typical of one section of opinion.<br />
• There were also Mechanic Institutes being set up.<br />
• Navigation was introduced into the school curriculum in Dunbar.<br />
Points from recall which offer a wider contextualisation of the view in the sources<br />
• Dugald Stewart, for example, thought that education's main purpose was to improve public<br />
morality.<br />
• Adam Smith saw education as a way of ameliorating the lives of those in unskilled drudgery.<br />
• The SPCK, who provided a great deal of education in practice, saw education as a way of<br />
promoting the Protestant religion and the House of Hanover.<br />
• Edinburgh, for example, had plenty of new private schools whose main attraction was<br />
training in fashionable arts for social climbers: fencing, dancing and English elocution.<br />
Page 76
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historian's commentary to help them reach a<br />
conclusion. These may include reference to:<br />
• Bruce Lenman: “Dutch influence was still important (to university reform) for most of the<br />
eighteenth century in Scotland”<br />
• Donald Withrington: Points out that the attempt by Perth Academy to rival the <strong>Scottish</strong><br />
Universities only lasted about 40 years, and its methods were not adopted by any public<br />
institution (though by many private ones)<br />
• T.C.Smout: Emphasises how educational reform in the towns was confined to the middle<br />
classes. The growth of towns swamped the parish system (Edinburgh had roughly one in<br />
three of its population illiterate) and money was not spent remedying the deficiencies<br />
• Arthur Herman: Argues that the process in Glasgow was more or less the reverse of the one<br />
suggested in Source D. Merchants had made money wanted to spend it on education, for they<br />
valued learning for its own sake, as a source of general moral and cultural enrichment.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which Source D fully explains the motives for educational reform in eighteenth century<br />
Scotland.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or<br />
historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 77
“The House Divided”: USA (1850-1865)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
To what extent did the Compromise of 1850 merely store up trouble for the future?<br />
The aim of the essay is to enable the candidate to assess the impact of the Compromise of 1850<br />
and to place it in its historical context in the decade of the 1850s and to assess its impact through<br />
the 1850s. The candidate could view this as “an armed truce” between North and South.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the Wilmot Proviso<br />
• the terms of the Compromise<br />
• impact on national politics<br />
• unease over the Fugitive Slave Law<br />
• need for a new policy on admission of states – popular sovereignty<br />
• the issue of Kansas-Nebraska<br />
• impact of 1856 presidential and congressional elections<br />
• the collapse of the Whigs/rise of Republicans<br />
• Personal Liberty Laws in North to circumvent Fugitive Slave Law<br />
• success of Republicans in 1856/1858 elections<br />
• analysis of Dred Scott decision<br />
• the senatorial campaign in Illinois in 1858 (Lincoln-Douglas debates)<br />
• analysis of voting patterns for Democrats showing dominance of Southern minority in the<br />
Party<br />
• explanation of why compromise was achieved in 1850 but not in 1860.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• McPherson: compromise averted a great crisis but only postponed the trauma<br />
• Wilson: manifest destiny and expansion of territory would bring a renewal of sectional<br />
controversy<br />
• Collins: 1850 Compromise was an armistice and a dress rehearsal for the show-down of<br />
1860-61<br />
• Reid: Compromise had few genuine supporters who would ensure its defence. Settlement<br />
merely glossed over a deep-seated dispute over the territories acquired from Mexico. It was a<br />
truce between politicians<br />
• Brock: few were prepared to defend the Compromise against attacks from North and South<br />
• Potter: Compromise constituted an armistice.<br />
Page 78
Question 2<br />
“Lincoln was forced into issuing the Emancipation Proclamation due to the actions of<br />
others”.<br />
How valid is this view of Lincoln’s actions over emancipation?<br />
N.B. Candidates may tackle this essay in one of two ways: a chronological approach or a thematic<br />
approach to the question, looking at the case for and against the quote. Either approach is<br />
acceptable and candidates should be given credit for the way they tackle the question.<br />
The aim of the essay is to enable candidates to discuss the pressures that surrounded the President<br />
over this issue and to assess whether he was the driving force or reacting to the actions of others.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• inaugural Address as official view of the Administration<br />
• annual message to Congress in December 1861<br />
• plan of March 1862<br />
• attempts to persuade Border Slave states into taking the lead<br />
• decision of July 1862 to assert the War Powers of the President<br />
• need to await a favourable military moment<br />
• actions of September 22 nd 1862 and 1st January 1863<br />
• actions of Congress: First/Second Confiscation Acts; the Militia Act<br />
• actions of the Generals: Butler, Fremont and Hunter<br />
• actions of individuals like Charles Sumner (state suicide theory) and Horace Greeley (‘The<br />
Prayer of Twenty Millions’)<br />
• need for Lincoln to carry public opinion with him<br />
• transform Union war aim from ’Union as it was’ to ‘Union as it should be’<br />
• role of the abolitionists in keeping up pressure on Administration<br />
• assessment of actions of Generals and Congress would show that few slaves had been freed.<br />
• war powers of President and the 13 th Amendment could ensure equal treatment for all.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Fields: Lincoln forced into freeing the slaves due to the actions of the Blacks themselves<br />
• Tulloch: Lincoln had been fighting for the Union but was forced to change his mind due to<br />
the exigencies of war. The Emancipation Proclamation was justified not only on the grounds<br />
of necessity but also because it was just<br />
• Stampp: Lincoln was a reluctant emancipator<br />
• La Wanda Cox: Lincoln’s actions looked towards long-term racial equality<br />
• McPherson: Congressional acts lacked the impact of a general emancipation proclamation<br />
• Reid: act justified as an exercise of the presidential war powers.<br />
Page 79
Question 3<br />
How far did the war change social and economic conditions in the North and the South?<br />
N.B. Candidates may choose to include a brief analysis of the socio-economic structure of North<br />
and South before the war or to compare the situation during the war with the ante-bellum<br />
structure in order to assess the degree of change. Either approach is valid and candidates should<br />
be given credit for their approach. However, an answer that concentrates on the ante-bellum<br />
period is not answering the question and should be marked accordingly.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• rise of big business in North to supply army demand<br />
• expansion of existing manufacturing centres eg in Pittsburg<br />
• development of new industries eg canning industry of Swift and Armour<br />
• increasing mechanisation of farming and industry to meet civilian/military demands<br />
• introduction of the ‘Greenback’ currency<br />
• army as a vehicle of social mobility<br />
• rise of entrepreneurial classes and age of ‘new money’<br />
• examination of thesis that war retarded growth of Northern economy<br />
• wartime experience of Swift, Carnegie etc set US on a new economic path and laid the<br />
foundations for the rise of ‘American capitalism’<br />
• loosening of restrictions on the role of women eg Clara Barton<br />
• development of Tredegar Iron Works in Richmond<br />
• need for change in use of plantations from cotton to food production<br />
• need for direction of various economic activities by Confederate government<br />
• use of taxation to fund war<br />
• army as a vehicle of upward social mobility in the South<br />
• analysis of make-up of Confederate officer corps where, with the exception of Nathan<br />
Bedford Forrest, the members were drawn from the plantation aristocracy<br />
• southern dependence on women to keep the home front going<br />
• challenge to domination of planter class by new businessmen<br />
• new economic activity<br />
• assessment of permanence or temporary nature of much of the change in both areas.<br />
Page 80
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Batty: Southern resentment at imposition of conscription led to friction between Congress<br />
and the ordinary white voter<br />
• Parish: complaints (on both sides) of a ‘rich man’s war but a poor man’s fight.’ Southern<br />
people could not adapt quickly or efficiently enough to new ways thrust upon them.<br />
Confederacy, despite upheavals of war, remained a predominantly rural and agricultural society<br />
• McPherson: southern wartime taxation exacerbated class tensions and caused growing<br />
alienation of the white lower classes from the Confederate cause. Northern economy more<br />
adaptable to demands of war. War speeded up mechanisation of industry due to tight labour<br />
market. Great increase in the employment of women<br />
• Ashworth: war years were ones of increasingly severe economic dislocation and for most of<br />
the Southern white citizens, of severe economic hardship. Southern agriculture was<br />
pauperised by the war. Southern capitalism was severely damaged by war. Negative impact<br />
of ending of slavery on Southern economy. In North, the war produced institutional changes<br />
that were beneficial to Northern capitalism<br />
• Thomas: Ante-bellum agrarian inertia proved a formidable obstacle for the South during the<br />
war. Southern economic dependence on women. Transformation of Southern political<br />
economy was a temporary response to demands of war. Planters dominated Confederate<br />
officer corps.<br />
Page 81
Question 4<br />
How significant were the attitudes of foreign powers in influencing the course of the<br />
American Civil War?<br />
The aim of this essay is to enable the candidate to assess the nature of foreign intervention in the<br />
Civil War and to assess whether or not this affected the outcome of the war.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• foreign policy aims of both North and South<br />
• calculations of European self-interest, particularly on the part of Britain eg national priority of<br />
defence of Canada<br />
• contradictory policies of Napoleon III – support for North as a bulwark to British dominance<br />
yet supportive of the Mexican adventure<br />
• impact of incidents like Trent Affair, Laird Rams, Cotton Embargo<br />
• British hope that Union paper blockade would be recognised and used by Britain in any<br />
future conflicts<br />
• selling of goods to both sides by European powers<br />
• impact of the Emancipation Proclamation on European attitudes<br />
• conflict viewed in Europe as struggle between an aristocratic oligarchy and a true democracy<br />
• role of US ambassador to Britain Charles Francis Adams and his role in keeping Britain<br />
neutral.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Owsley: bitterly anti-British, arguing that war profits for British industries outweighed any<br />
genuine sympathy for the South<br />
• Crook: predominantly diplomatic considerations dictated Britain’s neutral stance<br />
• Ellison: little evidence of overwhelming working class support in Britain for the Union<br />
• Hurnon: strong anti-Northern, anti-democratic and pro-Southern currents in Britain<br />
• Jenkins: British foreign policy was motivated by a cool calculation of benefits to Britain<br />
• Boaz: using Cotton Embargo to coerce Europe into recognising the Confederacy was doomed<br />
from the outset<br />
• Commager: Britain saw an opportunity to humiliate her US rival by supporting the South.<br />
Page 82
Question 5<br />
Was Confederate military strategy doomed to failure?<br />
The aim of this essay is to enable the candidate to discuss the merits or otherwise of the strategy<br />
and tactics adopted by Confederate politicians and generals in fighting the war.<br />
The essay is not about the reasons for Southern defeat in the war and if an answer is based on the<br />
latter, it should be marked accordingly.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• focus on the military achievements of the South eg First and Second Bull Run,<br />
Fredericksburg, Chancellorsville but candidate needs to explain why such victories did not<br />
lead to Southern victory<br />
• assessment of the odds that were stacked against the South eg military, economic and<br />
demographic and how these influenced Southern strategy<br />
• explanation of why the war still lasted for two years after Northern successes at Vicksburg,<br />
Gettysburg and Chattanooga<br />
• analysis of Southern strategy viz the offensive/defensive and East/West arguments<br />
• need for candidate to challenge the Current thesis to explain why South was able to hold out<br />
for so long<br />
• contribution of individual Southern generals eg Bragg, Jackson, Lee and Longstreet and<br />
explanation of their role in shaping and executing Southern military strategy<br />
• role of Lee: eg the merits of his invasion of the North after Second Bull Run in that even if<br />
victorious, withdrawal would have been likely due to the inability of his army to forage and<br />
maintain an army in enemy territory during the winter and that such a withdrawal (as again in<br />
1863) would be seen as a defeat in Southern eyes<br />
• analysis of idea of Southern cordon defence.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Parish: Southern demand that every square mile of the Confederacy should be defended.<br />
War was won by a policy of attrition, by the stronger side wearing down its opponent. Lee<br />
was too focused on Virginia to take overall strategic view. Lee and Jackson won the type of<br />
battles which did not decide this kind of war<br />
• McPherson: critical of South’s cordon defence as it spread men too thinly, allowing Union<br />
forces to break through at will. South adopted a policy of waiting to be attacked. Strategy of<br />
offensive/defensive was never defined in any systematic way – it emerged as a result of a<br />
series of campaigns in 1862<br />
• Jones: need for generals to be aware of political effect of military actions. Maintenance of<br />
Confederacy’s territorial integrity had important effect on Southern morale<br />
• Gallagher: Lee was unable to confront the broader dimensions of a modern war<br />
• Fuller: Lee unable to comprehend the immense scope of the conflict<br />
• McWhinney and Jamieson: Lee’s reckless devotion to the offensive bled the South of<br />
manpower and sealed its fate<br />
• Tulloch: Southern military divided over strategy. Beauregard thought Confederate war effort<br />
was too defensive whilst Joseph E Johnston thought it was too offensive and ultimately selfdefeating.<br />
Page 83
Question 6<br />
How important was the contribution of Northern blacks to Union victory in the war?<br />
The aim of this essay is to enable candidate to discuss the role that Northern blacks played in<br />
deciding the outcome of the war. The essay may focus on the military contribution or the<br />
contribution of blacks in the Northern war effort in general. Candidates should be rewarded for<br />
either/or/both of these approaches. The essay is not about the reasons for Northern victory in<br />
general and such an approach should be marked accordingly.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• numbers of blacks involved in Union war effort – 10% of Union total in 1865<br />
• use of these regiments as support for white fighting forces<br />
• contribution of individual regiments eg 54 th Mass. As characterised in the film Glory<br />
• issue of discrimination in terms of rates of pay, blacks excluded from officer corps<br />
• contradictory policy of Federal government in refusing to enlist blacks into army yet<br />
welcoming them into Federal navy<br />
• discussion of impact of Emancipation Proclamation on black recruitment<br />
• use of blacks crossing into Union lines and providing Northern commanders with valuable<br />
strategic information<br />
• black involvement helped alter Northern opinion towards blacks by seeing their contribution<br />
and sacrifices for the Union cause<br />
• impact of Southern atrocities eg Fort Pillow massacre<br />
• contribution of blacks was limited in that of 30,000 killed, only 3,000 died in combat<br />
• blacks did release more white manpower for the front<br />
• reference to evidence from generals eg Grant and Sherman<br />
• reference to opinion of Northern leaders, like Lincoln, on contribution of blacks<br />
• states’ rights<br />
• numerical/industrial superiority<br />
• political failings of South.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Quarles: blacks entered Union forces at time of serious depletion and made up 10% of Union<br />
total by end of conflict<br />
• McPherson: enlistment of Negro troops in Union army was one of the most significant<br />
events of the Civil War<br />
• S-M Grant: decision to raise black regiments was viewed as a necessary war measure<br />
• Glatthaar: leadership on neither side saw the varied and dramatic contribution that blacks<br />
would make to Confederate defeat<br />
• Batty: black contribution, though seldom spectacular, was still notable and caused many<br />
Northern whites to revise opinion of blacks<br />
• Parish: arming of blacks was only one phase in a revolution that remained uncompleted<br />
• Current: superior Northern resources<br />
• Donald: political failings of South<br />
• Owsley: issue of states’ rights.<br />
Page 84
“The House Divided”: USA (1850-1865)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How helpful are the differing views in Sources A and B as interpretations of the<br />
condition of slaves in the ante-bellum South? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate).<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources A and B on the conditions of slaves in the antebellum<br />
South, and offers a structured evaluation of the two perspectives in terms of:<br />
Source A<br />
Provenance: secondary work based on slave and white primary sources with the aim of<br />
illustrating the daily lives of slaves in the ante-bellum South.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• poor living conditions<br />
• Lack of furniture<br />
• Limited and boring diet<br />
• Lack of appropriate clothing.<br />
Points from recall which support, develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• details of slave work<br />
• use of discipline to enforce rules<br />
• threat of slave sales<br />
• hierarchy of jobs not same as career structure.<br />
Page 85
Source B<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. Work of<br />
cliometricians using statistical data to reach a conclusion on issues arising from slavery in the<br />
ante-bellum South<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Slaves not poorly fed – better than 1964 recommended levels.<br />
• Most slaves lived in single-family homes.<br />
• Little sharing of homes by several families.<br />
• Some barracks for unmarried men and women.<br />
• Poor medical care – not deliberate – due to primitive nature of medical knowledge and<br />
practices.<br />
Points from recall which support, develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Slaves received the equivalent of 90% of their labour.<br />
• Rate of whippings exaggerated.<br />
• Hierarchy of slave jobs which was equivalent to a free person’s career structure.<br />
• Slavery was a profitable business.<br />
• Slave clothing was coarse but durable and good quality footwear was issued.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Gutman and Sutch: critical of methods of Fogel and Engerman eg assertion that whipping<br />
was limited to 0.7% is based on records kept over a period of two years on a single plantation<br />
and this still equates to a public whipping every four days. Concentration on whipping as<br />
means of control overlooked other punishments – jail, death threats, humiliation available to<br />
master. Punishment was given for bad work. Slave sale at only 1.92% per year still meant<br />
that every slave during their lifetime had a 50% chance of being sold<br />
• Phillips: slave benefited from an uneconomic but benign institution<br />
• Stampp: slavery was profitable but cruel<br />
• Genevose: saw slavery in a paternalistic light but slave was psychologically handicapped, but<br />
the slave did enjoy comparatively good material standards<br />
• Elkins: slave crippled by all-encompassing nature of the institution.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Sources A and B is useful for interpreting the conditions of<br />
slaves in the ante-bellum south.<br />
Page 86
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 87
Question 2<br />
How useful is Source C as evidence of the tensions that existed in American society by 1861?<br />
(12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured consideration of the value of Source C in providing an adequate<br />
explanation of the reasons for tensions in American society in 1861 in terms of:<br />
Provenance: taken from the first Inaugural Address of the sixteenth president of the United<br />
States. Seven states had already left the Union prior to Lincoln’s inauguration with the Upper<br />
South adopting a policy of ‘wait and see’.<br />
Aim was to re-assure both North and South by outlining events and to show that the South had<br />
nothing to fear from the Republican Administration<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Aim is not to interfere with slavery.<br />
• No right/desire to do so.<br />
• Will use power of Federal government to defend Federal positions in seceded states.<br />
• Has no plans to attack South.<br />
• Democracy and people’s acceptance of it (win or lose) is the only way to guarantee freedom.<br />
• Issue is whether slavery should/should not be extended.<br />
• Warns that if attacked, North will respond.<br />
Points from recall which support, develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Problems created by acquisition of new territory in the period 1850-1860.<br />
• Southern annoyance at Northern abuse of Fugitive Slave Law through personal ‘Liberty<br />
Laws’.<br />
• Democratic Party now dominated by Southern wing which will disrupt the Union if not given<br />
all their demands.<br />
• Issue of defence of states’ rights.<br />
• Fear of South becoming a minority within the Union.<br />
• Fear of eventual amendment abolishing slavery due to point above.<br />
• Impact of abolitionists on Southern defence of its peculiar institution.<br />
Page 88
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Schlesinger: protection of states’ rights offered South the chance to retain slavery. More<br />
important than the doctrine itself<br />
• Randall: real issue was the significance of territorial extension<br />
• Ramsdell: slavery was already on road to ultimate extinction<br />
• Craven: highly critical of the abolitionists who heightened sectional tensions with their illtempered<br />
attacks on Southern slavery<br />
• Owsley: argued that essentially it was a clash of values and that the moral issue of slavery<br />
was a red herring<br />
• Nevins: emphasis on the moral issue of slavery<br />
• McPherson: both sides claimed to be acting defensively in 1860/1861.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source C is useful for explaining the tensions in American<br />
society before 1861.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or<br />
historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 89
Question 3<br />
How fully does Source D illustrate Lincoln’s political abilities as a wartime leader? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context, recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source D as an adequate explanation of Lincoln’s<br />
political abilities as a wartime leader in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. Accurate<br />
comment on Rawley will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Good speaker.<br />
• Good knowledge of the political system.<br />
• Would not be out-manoeuvred by eg experienced political engineers.<br />
• Followed his own policies in building up a national party.<br />
Points from recall which support, develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Details of his dealings with Seward over eg Fort Sumter and the political crisis of December<br />
1862.<br />
• Lincoln’s role as Commander-in-Chief and dealings with his generals as exemplified in his<br />
letter of appointment to Hooker as Commander of the Army of the Potomac.<br />
• His handling of the issue of emancipation.<br />
• His re-election campaign of 1864.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Tulloch: Lincoln as a consummate politician<br />
• McPherson: Lincoln was flexible and pragmatic<br />
• Thomas: Lincoln as a cautious and conservative politician<br />
• Carwardine: Lincoln adept at reading public opinion<br />
• Paludan: Lincoln inspired and explained and guided soldiers and civilians to continue the<br />
fight. Effectively defined events and shaped public opinion.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source D is useful for understanding Lincoln’s political<br />
abilities as a wartime leader.<br />
Page 90
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or<br />
historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 91
Japan: From Medieval to Modern State (1850’s-1920)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
How significant a role did religious beliefs play in shaping Japanese society in the second<br />
half of the nineteenth century?<br />
The aim of this essay is to examine how important the various religious beliefs were in<br />
influencing the direction and shape of Japanese society.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• details of Shinto, Confucian, and Buddhist beliefs with an awareness of the relationships of<br />
these beliefs to obedience not only within the family but in society and to the Emperor<br />
• details of Shinto, Confucian and Buddhist beliefs in terms of giving family, community and<br />
civic stability and direction within society<br />
• the importance of Shinto in shaping society especially during the Meiji era<br />
• the influence Confucianism has on the values of Japanese society<br />
• the impact of the Meiji restoration on the status of Shinto beliefs particularly amongst the<br />
samurai, and on the role of Confucian values<br />
• the values and beliefs promoted during the Meiji era through religion and the connection<br />
between state control and religion<br />
• the stance on Christianity.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Hunter – ‘the ruling class had long viewed both religion and education as vehicles for<br />
furthering the purposes of the state’<br />
• H D Harootunian – ‘the believers sense of joy would make him feel obliged to tend to his<br />
household and state duties’<br />
• Waswo – ‘neo-Confucianism stressed the ethical nature of the government, stressing<br />
obedience to one’s superiors’<br />
• Hane – ‘Christian missionaries also began to arrive with the lifting of the ban against<br />
Christianity’ (in Meiji era)<br />
• Pyle – ‘Shinto as adopted by the Japanese state was largely an invented tradition’<br />
• Beasley – ‘samurai values and religion played a significant part of modern Japanese life’.<br />
Page 92
Question 2<br />
To what extent did nationalism undermine the Bakufu rule?<br />
The aim of this essay is to examine the reasons for the overthrowal of the Bakufu and specifically<br />
assess the importance of nationalism in contributing to it being undermined.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
Nationalism<br />
• Details of nationalist thinking with reference especially to Shozan and ‘Eastern ethics:<br />
Western science’ and how this encouraged a sense of national pride and a devotion to the<br />
Emperor.<br />
• Role of nationalism as a contributing factor due to the Unequal Treaties uniting nationalist<br />
anger which produced violent outbreaks which the Bakufu could not contain.<br />
• The humiliation of the Unequal Treaties caused many Japanese to think nationally in terms of<br />
their country rather than their domain.<br />
• Complexities of Japanese society in the early nineteenth century which contained a range of<br />
tensions and that nationalism was only one of the pressures that the Bakufu could not<br />
suppress or contain.<br />
• The nationalistic role of the Sonno Joi movement of revere the emperor; expel the barbarian,<br />
illustrating many now looking to the Emperor rather than Edo and the Bakufu for leadership.<br />
Other Factors<br />
• Giving in to foreign pressure stirred increasing resentment of the Bakufu.<br />
• Some background evidence will be given to illustrate the position of the Bakufu; like the<br />
failure of the Tempo Reforms as they did not have the administrative power to enforce their<br />
policies.<br />
• The resentment of lower ranking samurai also caused difficulty for Bakufu, who followed<br />
Yoshida Shoin and his preaching anti foreigner and anti Bakufu slogans.<br />
• Lower status samurai were also beginning to demand a greater say in the running of political<br />
affairs as they were domain bureaucrats.<br />
• The Bakufu’s position was fatally flawed by having little economic or political power.<br />
• This will be balanced by analysing details like the economic troubles caused by upwardly<br />
mobile merchants, economy becoming money-orientated away from rice as their own debts<br />
rose,<br />
• A Daimyo who were becoming increasingly independent and harder to control.<br />
• Foreign pressures brought to a head the weak position internally of the Bakufu.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Wall – ‘arrival of Perry in July 1853 brought the whole complicated debate to a head’<br />
• Beasley – ‘exemplary action by ‘men of spirit’, putting conscience before calculation’<br />
• Storry – ‘a school of thought aggressively nationalistic in tone’<br />
• Kornicki – ‘it is therefore more appropriate to see the pressures upon Japan as international<br />
in nature’<br />
• Bolitho – ‘open deteriorations in relations between the Daimyo domains and the Tokugawa<br />
government’<br />
• Storry – ‘Tokugawa system of government might have continued essentially unchanged had<br />
it not been for the forcible opening of the closed door’.<br />
Page 93
Question 3<br />
How valid is the view that women’s place in Japanese society had improved significantly by<br />
1920?<br />
The aim of this essay is to explore the political, social, legal and economic reforms and analyse<br />
their effects on women.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• some of the implications for women and girls in Japan, like women being submissive and<br />
obedient to the wishes of their fathers and husbands, having no legal right of property and no<br />
divorce rights<br />
• end of feudalism and its impact on women<br />
• the limited changes in Japanese society for women<br />
• factory working conditions<br />
• details of rural life, where women status was not so low due to their labour being essential to<br />
the family/village<br />
• the role of women as concubines, prostitutes and geishas<br />
• being treated as a minor by the law, employment of married women scarce, even in factories<br />
they were released upon marriage<br />
• the working and living conditions in rural and urban areas and that small numbers of women<br />
went from textile workers and domestic service to become typists, telephone operators and<br />
store assistants<br />
• educational reforms and the role in enforcing traditional values<br />
• exclusion of women from the political process, showing an appreciation of women’s rights<br />
movements and that it took until 1911 to limit their working day to twelve hours, although<br />
enforcement was scant<br />
• politically they were denied the franchise and prohibited from joining political parties; they<br />
were even forbidden to attend public political discussions<br />
• The Blue Stocking Society which was established in 1911, a pioneer effort to try and combat<br />
ingrained customs<br />
• there may be reference to prominent figures like Ito Noe and Hiratsuka<br />
• women under Meiji era being expected to be good wives and wise mothers and even when<br />
factories were ‘womanned’ no interference of this ideology was allowed.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Totman – ‘Japanese society does not resist the active participation of women in its activities<br />
so much as it has difficulties seeing any need for women to become active when their<br />
husbands are already taking part’<br />
• Pyle – ‘great lifelong duty of a woman was obedience’<br />
• Hunter – ‘only when a wife became a mother-in-law could she in turn enjoy a brief heyday<br />
of influence’<br />
• Waswo – ‘women were to be good wives and wise mothers’<br />
• Beasley – ‘initiatives by bureaucrats to limit factory hours met with determined opposition<br />
from employers’<br />
• Benson & Matsumura – ‘the new educational system treated boys and girls very<br />
differently’.<br />
Page 94
Question 4<br />
What factors best explain the successful modernisation of Japan?<br />
The aim of this essay is to explore the multifaceted explanations surrounding Japan’s success in<br />
modernising in such a short period of time.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the effects of the Unequal Treaties in shaping Japan’s modernisation and the pressure to<br />
change to be accepted as an equal<br />
• the international environment led to Japan expanding and adopting the new industrial<br />
technologies which helped her to catch up<br />
• cultural borrowing like ship building, iron and steel mills, banking and commerce, textiles<br />
(the silkworm disease in Europe being advantageous for Japan as the revenue from exports<br />
were vital to pay for modernisation)<br />
• using foreign experts then dismissing of them once Japanese were confident to continue<br />
• Japanese society had highly developed agriculture with inter-regional trade and good<br />
communication infra-structure to build upon<br />
• role of the state in the process and that the policies they implemented, like placing orders for<br />
British gunboats and munitions factories inherited from the old regime, being further<br />
developed to become self-sufficient<br />
• the value of the Tokugawa legacy as providing the sound basis for modernisation, in that<br />
Japan had potential for industrial development<br />
• Japan had an abundance of human labour who were well educated and loyal especially as<br />
large burdens were borne by the peasantry<br />
• government having limited reliance on foreign loans and taking firm control over<br />
expenditure to ensure capital being available for modernisation by partial funding of large<br />
scale private enterprises in areas like the generation of electricity<br />
• Iwakura mission – forward planning<br />
• political and military reforms.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Maddison – ‘there was a heavy emphasis on education and the creation of a situation in<br />
which the rate of investment ultimately became very high’<br />
• Nakayama – ‘stability of the social structure served as a general foundation for<br />
modernisation’<br />
• Hane – ‘modernisation would depend heavily upon the adoption of western science,<br />
technology and industrialisation’<br />
• Wall – ‘for a short period the government attempted to stimulate modernisation by<br />
subsidising private enterprise’<br />
• McPherson – ‘the role of the government was crucial’<br />
• Hiromatso – ‘foundations of Japan’s modernisation were to a large extent laid during the<br />
years of peaceful isolation’.<br />
Page 95
Question 5<br />
How great an impact did military and naval reforms have on Japanese society?<br />
The aim of this essay is to examine how great an affect the military and naval reforms actually<br />
had on the Japanese people.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• details of the military and naval reforms that took place and that they were moulded from<br />
French then German for the army and Britain for the navy<br />
• the introduction of conscription eg three year service for 20-year old men followed by four<br />
years subsequent service in the army reserve with exemption from conscription being very<br />
limited therefore it impacted on all families<br />
• the controversy surrounding the introduction of conscription in January 1873 commentating<br />
that it effectively ended the samurai monopoly on warfare and undermined their warrior<br />
status<br />
• conscription was unpopular especially as it deprived families of their sons for labour<br />
• Land Tax paying for the reforms – farming families worked hard for long hours and little<br />
remuneration which saw them as benefiting little from the government’s plans for the military<br />
and navy<br />
• the powerful role of Yamagata Aritomo in the reforms<br />
• military priorities meant women were important as the bearers of sons who would fight in<br />
future wars<br />
• importance of the armed forces in shaping Japanese society and that after the Meiji reforms<br />
the Emperor was the Commander-in-Chiefs with military chiefs having direct access to him<br />
• the cost of these reforms on the population especially the long hours, low wages and working<br />
in very bleak conditions eg coal mining, for the good of the nation’s military<br />
• an appreciation of the arduous industrial task to execute these reforms and the toll they took<br />
on the people<br />
• industrialism in Japan was inextricably interwoven with military reform.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Beasley – ‘in an attempt to devise some kind of official ideology a precept was issued in<br />
1882 and addressed to the country’s soldiers and sailors emphasising obligations to the nation<br />
and its monarch’<br />
• Hane – ‘common soldiers came from the lower classes but the officers, especially the<br />
generals, came from the Satsuma and Choshu clans’<br />
• Wall – ‘the importance attached to the armed forces is shown in the fact that in the 1870s the<br />
Japanese government invested as much in the navy and twice as much in the army, as in<br />
industrial enterprises as a whole’<br />
• Hunter – ‘military priorities meant that women were important as the bearers of sons who<br />
would fight Japan’s wars’<br />
• Waswo – ‘military service intensified the impact of basic education on many young Japanese<br />
males’<br />
• Pyle – ‘Taxes were progressively raised as military expenditures more that tripled in the<br />
decade 1893-1903.’<br />
Page 96
Question 6<br />
How far do you agree that Japan benefited from the First World War?<br />
The aim of this essay is to examine Japan’s role in the outcome of World War One and the<br />
subsequent peace treaties and to analyse whether any benefit was gained.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
Benefits<br />
• Japan joined the conflict on the winning side, acquiring Germany’s Chinese sphere of<br />
influence in Shantung, extending its control of Manchuria and its overall influence on China<br />
with the Twenty One Demands in 1915 which were interpreted by the West as an attempt to<br />
bring China under its control.<br />
• From 1915 Japanese industry underwent considerable expansion because it was able to<br />
capture markets from European powers actively involved in the war, eg the Indian markets<br />
for textiles had been dominated by Lancashire products before 1914.<br />
• Awareness that Japan emerged on the winning side in 1918 virtually as a non-combatant and<br />
without having occurred any of the costs of war, unlike Britain and America.<br />
• The war also confirmed Japan’s position as a westernised nation when she participated in the<br />
Versailles Peace Conference.<br />
• The expansion of other Japanese industries, for example ship building and heavy engineering.<br />
Costs<br />
• The international economy was also very unstable after the war and Japan was forced to trade<br />
in a very uncertain political world.<br />
• The growth that had taken place had only been possible because of the absence of<br />
competition and that on the return to peace Japanese industry suffered severe dislocation.<br />
• Not all workers had benefited equally as wages had not risen as fast as prices and high food<br />
prices led to Rice Riots in 1918.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Ayira Iriye – ‘The Japanese were rewarded by being invited to the peace conference, the first<br />
time Japan attended a conference as a full-fledged member’<br />
• Hunter – ‘the economic boom that Japan experienced during WWI resulted in considerable<br />
inflation in the country’<br />
• Beasley – ‘the German islands in the northern Pacific were put under Japanese control, but as<br />
a mandate not in outright ownership’<br />
• Storry – ‘it was not long before Japan became a creditor instead of a debtor among the<br />
nations’<br />
• Pyle – ‘the outbreak of WWI in Europe in the summer of 1914 provided extraordinary<br />
opportunities to advance the twin objectives of empire and industry.’<br />
• Hane – ‘the Anglo-Japanese Alliance provided them with the excuse to enter the war but the<br />
real motivation was to take over the German concessions in China.’<br />
Page 97
Japan: From Medieval to Modern State (1850s-1920)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How fully does Source A illustrate the structure of society in mid-nineteenth century<br />
Japan?<br />
(12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of the completeness of the evidence in Source A, as<br />
to how fully it illustrates Japanese society in the mid-nineteenth century in terms of:<br />
Source A<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Megarry will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show that the candidate has interpreted the significant views(s)<br />
The argument presented by Megarry illustrates factors like:<br />
• a land based economy<br />
• subservient peasantry who were tied to the soil<br />
• importance of strong bonds between lord & armed retainers<br />
• the latter having landed estates as a reward for their services.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Illustrations to complement Megarry’s outline, namely:<br />
- Farmers 80% of population who grew rice by shared labour, obligations of peasants – not<br />
allowed to leave land or country and their sole job was to produce rice from which a tax<br />
was levied.<br />
- They supplied men and hordes for the country’s courier service.<br />
• Country divided into domains controlled by various lords called Daimyo who were further<br />
split into Fudai (lords supporting Tokugawa) and Tozama (independent Daimyo).<br />
• The armed retainers were the samurai who were sword bearing, numbered 2 million and were<br />
attached to different lords.<br />
• Role and position of women.<br />
Page 98
Possible points of recall in the wider context, to illustrate the individuality of Japanese<br />
society will be given to contrast with Megarry<br />
• Society was essentially a caste system not class system.<br />
• Samurai borrowed heavily from the caste below to sustain their lavish lifestyle leading to<br />
debt.<br />
• Position of peasants varied – some diversified into sugar and pottery whilst others on bare<br />
subsistence.<br />
• Artisans who were not a large group supplied fine goods for samurai and lords.<br />
• Merchants were bottom of caste system yet despite this they flourished as they bought rice<br />
from the samurai, stored it, then re-sold for a profit, they also provided loans for the samurai.<br />
• Lower classes like the eta worked as in prostitution, life of 7 eta = 1 citizen.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Waswo states that ‘Conditions in Japan most closely resembled those of high feudalism in<br />
Europe’<br />
• Hane is of the belief that ‘in order to ensure political and social stability the Tokugawa<br />
Bakufu set out to fix a rigid class system’<br />
• Hunter states that ‘a rigid hierarchy of hereditary caste continued to prevail both in theory<br />
and to a larger extent in practice’.<br />
Candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion using a range of evidence about the structure<br />
of Japanese society in the mid-nineteenth century to evaluate Megarry’s stance.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 99
Question 2<br />
How helpful are the differing viewpoints in Sources B and C as interpretations on<br />
the political development of Meiji Japan? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate).<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources B and C on the political development of Meiji<br />
Japan and offers a structured explanation of the value of these two perspectives in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. Accurate<br />
comment on Mikiso Hane or Benson and Matsumura will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from sources which show that the candidate has interpreted the significant views:<br />
Source B’s view is that<br />
• Political changes were oligarchic not democratic.<br />
• Political changes were not participatory but patriarchal.<br />
• Political power in the Meiji era lay with the samurai.<br />
Source C’s view is that<br />
• Post feudalism the local power of administration was in the hands of the clan chief.<br />
• Nationally a council of state with three branches was created.<br />
• A cabinet system was created but not until 1885.<br />
• Political authority was deferred from the centre to governors and then to local leaders.<br />
Sources B & C both highlight the changes in the political structure of the Meiji era with Source B<br />
offering a judgement as to the reality against the ideal.<br />
Page 100
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the sources<br />
• New government lacked income and in 1871 Japan was turned into a series of prefectures<br />
directed by prefects appointed from Tokyo.<br />
• Ex-samurai and ex-Daimyo paid off by awarding them interest-bearing government bonds.<br />
This structure gave control to Tokyo and the growing bureaucracy gave some former samurai<br />
positions.<br />
• Western style political parties did not sit comfortably with a centralised constitution – main<br />
political parties were – Liberal Party and Progressive Party.<br />
• 1884 – A House of Peers established, 500 peers created with western titles like Viscount and<br />
Baron.<br />
• 1885 – Cabinet system was established with a Prime Minister usually from clans of Choshu or<br />
Satsuma.<br />
• The Diet was made up of two houses an upper and a lower.<br />
• The upper being the House of Peers could veto legislation from the lower house.<br />
• The lower being the House of Representatives which was elected by well-to-do property<br />
owners, all male. It met for three months a year.<br />
• Half a million voters out of a population of 40 million.<br />
• Ito Hirobumi was Japan’s first Prime Minister.<br />
• 1888 – A Privy Council was set up to consult on matters like constitution and matters of law.<br />
• Population were assured of their rights – freedom of speech and writing however rights were<br />
in reference to their duties and for the need for peace and order.<br />
• Nevertheless the pace of change was remarkable even though political rights were limited.<br />
• Women were excluded from voting.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Jansen reference to the samurai is that ‘a modernising elite had emerged, a group firmly<br />
committed to making their backward country a modern nation-state’<br />
• Beasley on the Japanese leaders of the Meiji period ‘in founding a bureaucracy and shaping a<br />
governing elite they offended many who were left outside the newly drawn boundaries of<br />
power and influence’<br />
• Buruma on the Meiji oligarchs states that they ‘wanted to be modern and invoke ancient<br />
traditions at the same time. This was achieved by grafting German dogmas onto Japanese<br />
myths’.<br />
Candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the extent to<br />
which a consideration of the two sources reveals differing perspectives on the political progress<br />
of Meiji Japan.<br />
Page 101
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 102
Question 3<br />
How useful is Source D in illustrating Japan’s foreign policy aims in the Meiji era? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured answer on the usefulness of Source D in illustrating Japan’s<br />
foreign policy aims in terms of:<br />
Provenance: A contemporary figure who was a leading reformer from the Satsuma clan. He<br />
co-operated with the Choshu and the radical factions at court to bring about an imperial<br />
restoration by force. He was regarded as one of the architects of the restoration. In 1871 he went<br />
on the Iwakura mission.<br />
To lead opposition to the proposed invasion of Korea by Saigo Takamori by stressing that priority<br />
must go to domestic development as a means of strengthening Japan in the long term.<br />
Points from source which show that the candidate has interpreted the significant views(s)<br />
• Treaties with Europe and America not equal and Japan has lost her dignity.<br />
• England and France setting up barracks as if Japan their territory. Desire expressed for Japan<br />
to evolve and rid herself of bondage and become independent again. This was seen as the<br />
urgency of the moment in 1873.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Japan’s relationship with foreign powers had been changing as she aimed to rid herself from<br />
the Unequal Treaties and sought to control nearby territories.<br />
• Unequal Treaties ended in 1893.<br />
• Long term resentment over the Unequal Treaties.<br />
• Examples of Japan’s dealings with countries in her sphere of influence as she built up her<br />
credibility include –<br />
• Victory over China in a war in 1894-5 provided European countries with proof of<br />
Japan’s rise to power (Sino-Japanese War)<br />
• Treaty of Shimonoseki: Japan gains Taiwan, as well as rights in Korea and<br />
economic privileges in China (1895)<br />
• Japan contributes troops to international force sent to China to deal with the<br />
Boxer Rising<br />
• Anglo-Japanese Treaty of Trade and Navigation with Britain in 1894<br />
• Alliance with Britain 1902<br />
• Victory over Russia 1904-05 and the resulting Treaty of Portsmouth.<br />
Page 103
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Awareness of debate over whether FP aims were planned or evolved as opportunities arrived.<br />
• B Oh is of the belief that ‘it is inconceivable that Japan became an empire and a world power<br />
in forty four years without long-range goals and plans’<br />
• Harrington is of the stance that ‘a combination of opportunity and capability spun the web<br />
we know as Meiji imperialism’<br />
• Duus states that ‘all the evidence to build an empire came fairly late in the Meiji period’.<br />
Candidate is therefore able to come to an evaluation using a variety of evidence to reach a<br />
conclusion on the usefulness of Source D in illustrating Japan’s foreign policy aims in the Meiji<br />
era.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 104
Germany: Versailles to the Outbreak of the Second World War.<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
Was hatred of the Versailles Treaty shared to the same extent by Germans of all social<br />
classes and political beliefs?<br />
The question’s aim is to enable candidates to review the terms of the Versailles Treaty and the<br />
responses of the Germans towards this imposed peace settlement. In displaying their knowledge<br />
of the treaty, both as a thing in itself and in its component parts, candidates should be able to<br />
review and analyse the range of responses to Versailles and show an understanding of historical<br />
debate.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
Widespread expectation that the Fourteen Points (9 January 1918) accepted as a basis for the<br />
Armistice?(11 November 1918) would lead to a fair peace. An illusion shattered by the Diktat of<br />
Versailles.<br />
Terms:<br />
Territorial<br />
Confiscation of colonies<br />
Returned Alsace-Lorraine<br />
to France<br />
Internationalised the<br />
Saar for 15 years<br />
Creation of Polish<br />
Corridor<br />
Responses:<br />
Economic<br />
Reparations to be<br />
paid (finally agreed<br />
in 1921. Cash and<br />
kind)<br />
-high level and<br />
long time scale of<br />
payment<br />
Military<br />
Demilitarisation of<br />
Rhineland<br />
Army reduced to<br />
100,000<br />
Navy’s strike potential<br />
removed<br />
Airforce disbanded<br />
Page 105<br />
Article 231<br />
The ‘War Guilt’ clause –<br />
the basis for reparations.<br />
Article 232 did have some<br />
conciliatory promises<br />
but ‘many German<br />
political leaders .. turned<br />
Article 231 into an act of<br />
national humiliation..’<br />
(Paul Bookbinder)<br />
• of individuals such as Hitler, Kessler, Preuss, Rathenau, Stresemann<br />
• shared hatred across the political spectrum from the predictable loathing of the German<br />
Nationalists of all stripes, to the KPD on the extreme left denouncing Versailles as an<br />
imperialist peace<br />
• while hatred of the Diktat was universal, a variety of strategic responses emerged. On the one<br />
hand there were advocates of ‘fulfilment’ (such as Wirth) who wanted to demonstrate their<br />
good will towards the Allies while making it clear that in practical terms, Versailles was<br />
unworkable, and might thus endanger the new democracy. At the opposite extreme were<br />
nationalists, inflamed and outraged, bent on revision and restoration of German pride<br />
• the punitive peace settlement as a potent factor ensuring Germans remained a nation at war,<br />
with itself and the rest of the world.
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Hite and Hinton: Most Germans, as late as 1918, had expected victory and to make major<br />
gains.’<br />
• Stephen Lee (1998): ‘Versailles created a deep and widespread resentment (which) was<br />
increasingly targeted against the republic (and) revived the cause of the conservative right.’<br />
Widespread acceptance of the ‘stab in the back’ and of Versailles as a dictated peace afforded<br />
Hitler and NSDAP a bridgehead into business, conservative circles.<br />
• Richard Bessel (1990): argued that in the 1920s, German society suffered from a collective<br />
unwillingness to accept defeat and its consequences.<br />
• Paul Bookbinder: argued that ‘many German political leaders turned Article 231 into an act of<br />
national humiliation.’<br />
• Richard Evans (2004) ‘Germany failed to make the transition from wartime back to<br />
peacetime after 1918.’ The shock of the Treaty united virtually every part of the political<br />
spectrum.’<br />
• Eberhard Kolb (1984): ‘In Germany between the wars. the great national trauma… on no<br />
political question were the parties and groups so unanimous. But Kolb differentiates between<br />
the left and centre who saw Versailles ‘as one of the main reasons for the desperate state of<br />
the German republic.’ and the right who strove to undermine the republic ‘by agitating<br />
against fulfilment’, the ‘stab in the back’ and the ‘November Criminals’.<br />
• Detlev Peukert: writes of an inflamed nationalist sense of outrage and the emergence of what<br />
he labels as ‘katastrophenpolitik’, ‘defiance to the point of confrontation’. By contrast, the<br />
emergent subtleties of ‘erfullungspolitik’ (fulfilment) failed to project itself ‘as a superior<br />
form of revisionism in the eyes of the German people.’<br />
Page 106
Question 2<br />
Assess the reasons why political life was so violent and unstable in Germany between 1919 and 1923.<br />
The aim of this question is to enable candidates to review and evaluate the nature and form of German<br />
politics in the period, while revealing awareness and understanding of historical debate on the discrete<br />
characteristics of those years.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• The catalogue of violence, of putsch and assassination, the prelude to which was the caesarean section<br />
of the Republic’s birth in November 1918, viz.<br />
Spartakist Rising in Berlin –suppressed<br />
by Freikorps<br />
Soviet Republic declared in Bavaria. Red<br />
republic overthrown; 606 dead.<br />
Kapp Putsch led by 5000 strong<br />
swastika-wearing Ehrhardt Brigade<br />
thwarted by general strike in Berlin.<br />
KPD revolt in the Ruhr crushed by<br />
Reichswehr – 1250 dead.<br />
Ultra-left period of the KPD. Risings in<br />
Merseberg, Hamburg and the Ruhr.<br />
Economic collapse spurs KPD to<br />
organise a German ‘Great October’ in<br />
Saxony.<br />
Abortive KPD rising in Hamburg<br />
KPD-SPD coalition overthrown.<br />
Munich:<br />
Beerhall Putsch in November.<br />
1919<br />
1920<br />
1921<br />
1922<br />
1923<br />
Page 107<br />
Hite and Hinton record 376<br />
political assassinations in this<br />
period. Over 90% were by right<br />
wing terrorists.<br />
10 left wing terrorists were<br />
sentenced to death, none from the<br />
right.<br />
Extreme leftists carry out campaigns<br />
of armed robbery and<br />
expropriations.<br />
Walther Rathenau, protagonist of<br />
fulfilment, assassinated by rightwing<br />
terrorists.<br />
Finance minister, Matthias<br />
Erzberger, assassinated.<br />
• Political instability in part stemmed from an insufficiently large democratic bloc inside the<br />
Reichstag. Pro-Weimar parties (SPD, DDP, Centre (and to a lesser extent) DNVP), were<br />
squeezed between the vocal and large national conservative right and the revolutionary left.<br />
• Peculiar features of the Weimar constitution and in particular, proportional representation. An<br />
apparent failure of stable governing coalitions to emerge.<br />
• Failure of the republic to win the hearts and minds of most Germans.<br />
• Notion of ‘trahison des clercs’; the alienation from the Republic of those who ought to have<br />
been its loyal servants; civil servants, judiciary, educationists, Army officers (von Seeckt).
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Paul Bookbinder: has isolated the ingredients making political life violent and unstable, viz.,<br />
- hatred and violence generated by the Great War,<br />
- the trauma of unexpected defeat,<br />
- the universally reviled peace treaty,<br />
- economic and political chaos (cf stability of Kaiserreich),<br />
- bitterness, insecurity and an adversarial view of the world.<br />
He argues that ‘The breakdown of human values and legal objectivity contributed to the eruption of<br />
the political violence which became one of the hallmarks of Weimar Germany’.<br />
• Piers Brendon: ‘ A lost war and a cruel peace poisoned the atmosphere.’<br />
• Richard J Evans: ‘Fear and hatred ruled the day in Germany at the end of the First World<br />
War.’<br />
• Eberhard Kolb: ‘In particular sections of the population and elite professional groups there<br />
was still a massive reservoir of anti-republicanism and anti-democratic feeling.’<br />
• Stephen Lee: encapsulates the first four years of the Weimar Republic thus: ‘it seemed... to<br />
be poised between survival and collapse.’ Military defeat made Germany additionally<br />
vulnerable at a time of unprecedented and seemingly irreversible inflation accompanied by ‘a<br />
political malaise’ with the republic facing hostility ‘from both political wings.’<br />
• Detlev Peukert: In these years, ‘The Republic on the defensive’, He argues that ‘the exceptionally<br />
severe check to Germany’s economic growth’ post -1918 severely damaged the Republic’s<br />
innovations, political and welfare.’ Thus, ‘social fragmentation and polarisation became more<br />
pronounced.’<br />
• Kershaw: argues that ‘Acceptance of a high level of political violence was a hallmark of the<br />
political culture of Germany between the wars.’ Society had been brutalised.<br />
Page 108
Question 3<br />
“His foreign policy steered Germany to a remarkable recovery.” How accurate is this view<br />
of Stresemann’s diplomacy?<br />
The question’s aim is to provide candidates with the opportunity to review the evidence for and<br />
against the glowing reputation achieved by Stresemann both before and after his death in 1929.<br />
In doing so, candidates can be expected to discuss the component parts of his diplomatic<br />
strategies and evaluate his reputation as views by a range of historians.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• August 1923: Stresemann becomes Chancellor for a brief time in Weimar’s darkest period.<br />
He was to remain as Foreign Minister until his death on 3 rd October 1929<br />
• the core strategy under-pinning Stresemann’s diplomacy, viz., pursuit of the long-term goal<br />
of revision of the hated Versailles system, while at the same time seeking rapprochement<br />
with the victors of 1918<br />
• the limited means at his disposal. With German military clout hugely reduced post-<br />
Versailles he could only pursue his ends through negotiation and open-diplomacy, though<br />
post-Dawes the stabilised, resurgent economy was a potent factor<br />
• his inheritance as Chancellor (albeit briefly) in 1923; the economic chaos wrought by hyperinflation<br />
• key features of diplomatic activity 1923-29 and evidence for and against its success, viz.,<br />
‘astonishingly successful.’ (Kolb)<br />
Liberation of the Ruhr [after all, the French had<br />
achieved in 1923 what they had failed to do in 1918].<br />
The early evacuation of allied troops from the Rhineland.<br />
A business-like and realistic settlement of<br />
reparations.<br />
Stabilisation of the German economy after the<br />
catastrophe of 1923, enabling it to become an active<br />
participant in the growth of the European and world<br />
economy 1924-29.<br />
Admission of Germany to the League of Nations and<br />
membership of its council.<br />
Normalising Germany’s relations with the victors of<br />
1918 [but without surrendering revisionist aims] in<br />
the Locarno Treaty.<br />
Removal of the threat of French hegemony over<br />
Germany.<br />
1923: Germany lay vulnerable and isolated.<br />
1929: USA, the world’s greatest economic power,<br />
had been wooed and won to assist German recovery.<br />
Page 109<br />
‘from the longer term perspective… he<br />
achieved very little.’ (SJ Lee)<br />
Territorial terms of Versailles remained intact.<br />
The plight of ‘Ausland deutschen’ remained<br />
unsolved.<br />
Rhineland remained demilitarised.<br />
Germany’s military, naval and aerial capacity<br />
was well below that of France and UK.<br />
The Young Plan mortgaged future generations<br />
of Germans. Payment would have continued<br />
up to mid 1980s. This enraged the nationalist<br />
right, Hugenberg (DNVP) bankrolled Hitler.<br />
Peukert has argued that by 1924 the goal of<br />
revisionism was not being scored through the<br />
tactic of rapprochement. Brüning’s tougher<br />
methods brought quicker success.<br />
Stresemann’s own cautious realism: Germany<br />
is ‘dancing on a volcano’ acutely dependent<br />
on USA and global market stability.’
Candidates might also examine Stresemann’s ‘Ostpolitik’, continuing and developing the Rapallo<br />
relationship between Germany and USSR, use of this by him as a bargaining counter in his<br />
dealings with France, UK and Italy.<br />
• Stresemann’s subterfuge: his clandestine overtures to the former Crown Prince.<br />
Candidates might bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These might include reference to:<br />
• John Hite and Chris Hinton: ‘Stresemann transformed Germany from being a distrusted<br />
outcast to being actively involved in European diplomacy. However, the concrete gains from<br />
his diplomacy were not great.’<br />
• Eberhard Kolb: ‘The central objective of Stresemann’s foreign policy was the restoration of<br />
Germany as a sovereign ‘great power’ with equal rights’ and in this he was astonishingly<br />
successful.<br />
• Marshall Lee and Wolfgang Michalka: crucial to Stresemann’s strategy was the<br />
development of close German-American co-operation, which benefited Germany’s<br />
revisionism against French desire to maintain the status quo. Thus ‘Stresemann’s foreign<br />
policy, based largely on confrontation and co-operation, bequeathed to Brüning a situation in<br />
which, for the first time since 1918, Germany enjoyed a significant degree of diplomatic<br />
maneuver (sic)’<br />
• Arthur Rosenberg: ?‘This lonely man, who had neither armed force nor a reliable mass<br />
organisation behind him, was nevertheless able to set his stamp on the development of<br />
Germany ... He was able in foreign policy to achieve for defeated Germany more or less<br />
what he considered necessary.’<br />
• HA Turner: has labelled him ‘a pragmatic conservative.’ As Foreign Minister he had to<br />
pursue the long-term goal of revision for the hated Versailles system while at the same time<br />
seeking rapprochement with the victors of the Great War.<br />
• Jonathan Wright: (2002) argues that Stresemann was ‘Weimar Germany’s greatest<br />
statesman.’ He lets Stresemann speak for himself: ‘There is no doubt that today we command<br />
a position of respect in the world which no one would have believed it possible to achieve within<br />
five years.’ Three days after this speech Stresemann died.<br />
• Detlev Peukert’s: note of caution that: ‘Germany was more dependent on the American<br />
economy and more vulnerable to the instability of world markets.’ And, ‘for all the realism<br />
of the process of rapprochement in the West… these difficulties in the East were never dealt<br />
with constructively.’<br />
Page 110
Question 4<br />
How great was the impact of the Depression of 1929-1932 on German economic and political<br />
life?<br />
In this question the candidate is being asked to assess the nature and significance of the economic<br />
catastrophe that struck Germany, evaluating the resultant social, economic and political<br />
consequences and showing an understanding of the range of historical commentary and analysis<br />
of this subject.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
The integral relationship between economic and political factors may be exemplified by two sets<br />
of figures. Many answers may use and comment on this evidence:<br />
Unemployment in Germany Nazi party in Reichstag elections<br />
1928 1.4 million May 1928 12 seats<br />
1929 1.8 million<br />
1930 3.1 million Sept 1930 107 seats<br />
1931 4.5 million<br />
1932 5.6 million July 1932 230 seats<br />
Nov 1932 191 seats<br />
The corollary of the above: the rise of support for the KPD on the extreme left and the squeezing<br />
of the votes cast for parties of the conservative right.<br />
Key features of the German economy were especially significant:<br />
• even before 1929 the agrarian sector was struggling badly. Ominously the Nazis made their<br />
first meaningful gains among the sorely pressed farmers of northern Germany<br />
• Dawes Plan 1924: American loans assisting German economic recovery. Many short-term<br />
investments were essentially long-term projects. Withdrawal of American loans post-Wall<br />
Street Crash proved disastrous<br />
• the economy had a weak consumer spending base as compared to heavy industry<br />
• if unemployment escalated the Weimar welfare state would hit the wall<br />
• in the weeks preceding the Wall Street crash the interplay between economic factors and<br />
German political life was apparent. A nationalist front, including the Nazis, campaigned<br />
against the Young Plan which aimed to reduce and re-schedule (but not abolish) reparations<br />
payments<br />
• thus, the economic depression when it came, in effect detonated Weimar’s political<br />
structure<br />
• the first political casualty of the Depression was the Grand Coalition with Chancellor Muller<br />
(SPD) at its head. Muller and his SPD comrades were unwilling to cut welfare benefits.<br />
This angered one of its coalition partners, the DVP (People’s Party), who quit the coalition.<br />
On 27th March 1930 Muller resigned. The SPD, the Republic’s largest party and its<br />
mainstay, never returned to government<br />
• the period of ‘Presidential Cabinets’ began under the leadership of Chancellor Brüning. The<br />
slide to authoritarianism begins before September 1930 elections<br />
• Sept. 1930 elections: Nazis leap the credibility gap<br />
• failure of Brüning’s economic prescriptions. Brüning increasingly resorts to rule by Emergency<br />
Decree, Article 48<br />
• growth of political extremism, alarm of the mittlestand at KPD surge<br />
• the phenomenal growth of the Nazi vote: who voted Nazi? Success of Nazis in becoming the<br />
catch-all party of social protest<br />
• Hitler as the main beneficiary of the Depression; his millenarian appeal<br />
• the eclipse of Brüning; the emergent politics of intrigue.<br />
Page 111
Candidates might bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their views.<br />
These might include reference to:<br />
• John Hite and Chris Hinton: ‘The massive impact of the Great Depression on Germany is the<br />
essential context for the collapse of the Weimar republic and the rise of Hitler.’ They quote<br />
William Carr: ‘It is inconceivable that Hitler could ever have come to power had not the Weimar<br />
republic been subjected to the unprecedented strain of a world economic crisis.’<br />
• Stephen Lee: argues that ‘The Depression did not start the process of decline… (rather) it was a<br />
catalyst or accelerator.’<br />
‘A multiplicity of factors were involved which upset the Republic’s equilibrium and made it<br />
vulnerable.’ Lee argues that it is essential to be aware of a set of circumstances which made the<br />
Republic ‘uniquely susceptible’.<br />
• D. Evans and J Jenkins: ‘By mid 1932 four out of every ten Germans were without jobs… the<br />
economic crisis which created armies of unemployed was also going to have major political<br />
consequences.’<br />
• Michael Burleigh: ‘Chronic unemployment was as likely to lead to a day in bed as to seeking<br />
the overthrow of the Weimar constitution.’<br />
• KD Bracher: in his ground-breaking The German Dictatorship – ‘To be sure, the Depression<br />
offered the partially submerged destructive forces of an anti-democratic radicalism a major<br />
opening. But the political development that culminated in the overpowering of the republic by<br />
National Socialism was by no means inevitable.’<br />
• Piers Brendon: ‘The Depression struck Germany harder than anywhere else except the<br />
United States. In part this was because the German economy relied so heavily on short-term<br />
foreign loans, which soon dried up after the stock market collapse.’<br />
‘For other countries the Depression was primarily an economic crisis, for Germany the<br />
crisis was primarily political.’<br />
• AJP Taylor: ‘only the depression put wind into Hitler’s sails’.<br />
• Ian Kershaw: ‘Economic crises frequently unseat governments. It is much rarer for them to<br />
destroy systems of government… Hitler and his party were the beneficiaries of this systemic crisis<br />
of the Weimar state. They were not its primary cause.’<br />
• Detlev Peukert: ‘Even before the onset of the world slump, the political system of the Republic<br />
had reached a point of crisis, evidenced particularly by the sustained decline in support for old<br />
liberal and conservative parties.’ While, ‘the protracted crisis 1930-33 gave the Nazi movement<br />
a prime opportunity to project itself as a dynamic modern totalitarian mass party.’<br />
• Conan Fischer: ‘The worsening economic situation triggered the slide towards some form or<br />
other of authoritarian government.’<br />
• Richard J Evans: The KPD ‘was the party of the unemployed par excellence’. The upward<br />
surge of support for it alarmed many of Germany’s middle class, a layer of society which<br />
suffered far more during the Depression than did its British counterpart. ‘The chances of the<br />
Weimar Republic surviving were very small after the Depression began in 1929.’<br />
• Eberhard Kolb: ‘No-one disputes that the appointment of a ‘Hindenburg Cabinet’ under<br />
Brüning was a far-reaching and dangerous transformation of the system of government.’<br />
‘The fragility of the political system and the increased potential for social conflict<br />
combined to produce fertile conditions for radicalisation of the left and right.’<br />
• David Welch: ‘By means of an efficient propaganda apparatus… the (Nazi) Party was in a<br />
strong position to make a highly effective response to the growing sense of crisis and through<br />
its propaganda to appeal to both the interests and the ideals of the mittlestand.’<br />
Page 112
Question 5<br />
What factors best explain the success of the Nazis in consolidating their control of Germany<br />
between 1933 and 1936?<br />
The aim of this question is to enable candidates to review and evaluate the manner in which the Nazi<br />
Party imposed its power structure on the German people, thereby creating a qualitatively new form of<br />
state power over civil society. Such a scrutiny might hope to review the range of explanations and<br />
models advanced by historians.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• Hitler’s Chancellorship begins with him heading a coalition; the peeling away of his coalition<br />
partners:<br />
• The chronology of terror and intimidation, viz.,<br />
− 27 th February 1933: Reichstag Fire<br />
− 28 th February: emergency Decree<br />
− 22 March Dachau concentration Camp opens<br />
− 24 March Enabling act<br />
− April: Goring sets up Gestapo<br />
− 14 July: Law against formation of new parties (KPD and SPD already banned)<br />
− 30 January 1934: Law for the reconstruction of the state (Gaus, Gauleiters)<br />
− 30 June: Night of the Long Knives<br />
− August: Death of Hindenburg: Hitler becomes head of State.<br />
• Gleichschaltung (Co-ordination) of Society:<br />
• May 1933: free trade unions abolished, replaced by DAF, the German Labour Front<br />
• Qualitative alteration in Church: state relations<br />
• July 1933: Concordat with Vatican<br />
• November 1933: ‘German Christians’ church established<br />
• Non Nazi youth movements abolished; replaced with Hitler Youth<br />
• Education: Party control over curriculum, ‘coordination’ of teachers<br />
• Professional and institutional groups lose identity eg lawyers coordinated into German<br />
lawyers’ front.<br />
• Ministry of propaganda:<br />
• Party control over the media<br />
• The continuing development of The Hitler Myth.<br />
• Propaganda coups culminating with the bloodless re-militarisation of the Rhineland.<br />
• Economic policies:<br />
• The Nazi inheritance: an acutely depressed economy<br />
• March 1933: Schacht appointed Reichsbank President then Minister for Economics<br />
• Schacht’s successes:<br />
− Trade surplus<br />
− Decreased unemployment<br />
− Increased industrial production<br />
− Mefo bills: fiscal policy<br />
− Rearmament (rather than production for the consumer market)<br />
− Popular responses to dictatorship<br />
− The consolidation of power at the local level<br />
− Nazism at the local level: coordination of the fabric of localities (choirs, sports<br />
clubs)<br />
Page 113
Candidates might bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These might include reference to:<br />
• Hite and Hinton: ‘Within 18 months of being appointed Chancellor, Hitler had turned himself<br />
into a dictator. He had the power to issue decrees and there was no legal way to replace him… The<br />
process by which Hitler gained control of Germany was called Gleichschaltung.<br />
Hitler skilfully increased his power legally from above, combining this with arbitrary violence from<br />
below. Hitler mixed fierce repression of his potential opponents with conciliation towards the<br />
elite. He ensured the government had control of all key aspects of society,’<br />
• Richard J Evans: ‘Nazi propaganda was able to build on existing beliefs and values and create<br />
a new consensus that may well have encompassed a majority of German people… the Nazi spin<br />
on specific events (eg The Reichstag Fire) could usually convince people if it appealed to their<br />
existing fears and prejudices.’<br />
• D Evans and J Jenkins: ‘(Gleichschaltung) aimed at a complete unity of political, social and<br />
economic life with the application of terror as a deterrent to resistance… there is evidence that it<br />
[terror] was also begun by the rank and file. It was often unplanned and uncontrolled by the<br />
Party’s leadership.’<br />
• Robert Gellately: ‘Hitler wanted to create a dictatorship, but he also wanted to support the<br />
people. The most important thing he could do to win them over was to solve the massive<br />
unemployment problem… In the short term, Hitler conveyed a sense of strong leader who was in<br />
charge… after the years of upheaval that marked the Weimar Republic…he soon won patriotic<br />
acclaim.’<br />
• Neil Gregor: ‘The early years of Hitler’s rule were characterised by a substantial degree of<br />
cooperation between the Nazis and the conservative establishment which did much to stabilise<br />
the regime in the initial period.’<br />
• Franz Neumann (1942): in a pioneering study of the charismatic function of Hitler as leader;<br />
‘who is not the organ of the state, but who is the community, not acting as its organ but its<br />
personification.’<br />
• Richard Overy: in Stalin’s Russia and Hitler’s Germany;‘ broad sections of the German and<br />
Soviet public supported the dictatorships, often with enthusiasm and devotion, or at least with a<br />
general approval… the extent to which that enthusiasm was the product of genuine ideological<br />
identification, or the product of political education and self interest remains open to conjecture.’<br />
• Ian Kershaw: ‘underpinning Hitler’s unchallenged authority in spring 1936 was the adulation<br />
of the masses. Large sections of the population simply idolised him… revelling in the national<br />
pride that Hitler had restored to the country.’<br />
• Laurence Rees: producer of ‘The Nazis: a Warning from History’, writes; ‘almost everyone we<br />
talked to emphasised the Nazi’s achievement in reducing unemployment and clearing the streets<br />
of the desolate-looking jobless.’<br />
• WS Allen: in his pioneer study (1965) of the consolidation of power at the local level in<br />
Northeim: ‘What was predominant on the part of leaders and townspeople was mutual<br />
accommodation to make daily life tolerable.’ He notes the upsurge of apathy in the Non-Nazi<br />
Northeimers after 1935 – ‘their only non-dangerous form of escape.’<br />
• David Welch: ‘The so called ‘Nazi Revolution’ was essentially compounded of three elements, viz<br />
‘utilising the legal authority of the state, terror and coercion, propaganda.’<br />
Page 114
Question 6<br />
To what extent was there a Nazi social revolution in Germany between 1933 and 1939?<br />
The candidate is being asked to assess the component parts of Nazi social policies and evaluate<br />
the extent to which there was what can be defined as a ‘social revolution’, taking into account the<br />
range of historical debate on the validity of the concept.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• The declared aim of Hitler and his Nazi comrades to create an ‘organic community’ of the<br />
‘volk’, of shared identity. The Nazis aim to transform the citizen state into the<br />
‘volksgenosse’, the ‘volksgemeinschaft’<br />
• The component parts of the ‘volksgemeinschaft’, literally ‘the people’s community’, for<br />
example:<br />
− Working class; replacement of traditional forms of organisations in and outwith the<br />
workplace by Party-controlled bodies such as DAF and KDF.<br />
− The peasantry; the rhetoric of ‘blut und boden’. Ideological commitment to the small<br />
German farmer as the backbone of the ‘volk’.<br />
− Women; objective to return women from the workplace to the home (the three k’s)<br />
− Family; Nazis stress the role of the family in the organic community<br />
− The young; boldness of Nazi policies in attempting to mobilise young pole and<br />
indoctrinate them with Nazi ideas<br />
− Social mobility; professed aim to create an upward mobility, undermining existing<br />
status barriers<br />
− ‘Purify’ the community by purging it of those defined as ‘gemeinschaftsunfähig’<br />
(outsiders), viz the ideologically, biologically and socially ‘impure’.<br />
Page 115
Candidates might bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These might include reference to:<br />
• Historical debate over the extent to which secular modernising trends pre-dated Nazi<br />
policies. Some key Nazi measures only accelerated developments already underway (eg<br />
mass leisure in a consumer society; euthanasia – not a policy exclusive to Nazi Germany (cf<br />
Sweden))<br />
• John Hite and Chris Hinton: like fellow textbook writers review historians’ assessments.<br />
‘Recent research has discovered that there was a great variety of reactions to the Nazis,<br />
depending, for example, on class, region, gender, age, and religious and personal factors.’<br />
• D Evans and J Jenkins: provide a review of the issue comparing the affirmative views of<br />
writers such as Schoenbaum, Grunberger and Dahrendorf. They quote the last named thus:<br />
‘National Socialism completed for Germany the social revolution that was lost in the failings<br />
of Imperial Germany and again held up by the contradictions of the Weimar Republic.’<br />
They review the ‘contra’ arguments of those such as:<br />
• Tim Mason: ‘Hitler failed to overcome the stubborn despairing refusal of the working<br />
classes to become the selfless servant of the regime.’<br />
• Neil Gregor: ‘Some scholars have argued that the absence of trade unions under National<br />
Socialism… encouraged the emergence of an individualistic, upwardly mobile attitude<br />
amongst workers who now sought advancement… in a manner which pre-figured the familycentred<br />
workers-as-consumer of the 1950s and 1960s.’<br />
• WS Allen: ‘No matter what their Nazi leaders told them, Northeimers would not stop going<br />
to church, because that was what they had always done.’<br />
• Michael Burleigh: ‘bosses remained exploitative ‘capitalists’ while the Social Democrat<br />
and union bossocracy (sic) of the Weimar period was replaced by a sybaritic army of<br />
‘Brown’ policemen, who were regarded with universal loathing.’<br />
• Richard J Evans: ‘society was a not really a priority for Nazi policy. .. status, though not class,<br />
was to be equalised as far as possible in the new Reich. But much of this was to be achieved by<br />
symbols, ritual and rhetoric... their revolution was first and foremost cultural rather than social…<br />
yet … underpinned by … the idea of racial engineering.’<br />
• Detlev Peukert: ‘The Nazis had set out to impose a new order on the disquieting<br />
complexities and social upheaval that the modernisation of the twenties had brought with it;<br />
as they promised, to bring harmony. The visionary force of their ideas... was never sufficient<br />
to generate more than some half-baked attempts at reorganisation.’<br />
• David Schoenbaum: argued that the changes wrought by the Nazis in social structures and social<br />
values merited the term ‘social revolution’. For all the elements of social atavism inherent in<br />
Nazism, it was nonetheless a profoundly modernising regime accelerating secular trends present in<br />
mature industrial society towards individualisation and consumerisation.<br />
• Ian Kershaw: writing a quarter of a century after Schoenbaum, emphatically rejected the<br />
American’s views; ‘Nazism’s intentions were directed towards... a ‘psychological revolution’<br />
rather than one of substance – and could only have been effected through the attainment of<br />
long term goals which were themselves illusory, contradictory and thus innately destructive<br />
and self-destructive.’<br />
• Richard Overy: refers to Hitler’s ‘apocalyptic enthusiasm’ for the construction of a Nazi<br />
utopia. Profoundly anti-bourgeois, the Fuhrer and his acolytes sought to create an organic<br />
community of the ‘volk’. ‘The work force of both systems (USSR and Germany) adapted to<br />
the new conditions rather than confront them… For the millions of workers who had not been<br />
active union or party members before 1933, National Socialism provided opportunities for social<br />
mobility and political responsibility or shaped new forms of status and identity.’<br />
• The Marxist, Tim Mason, with his theory of the ‘primacy of politics’ argued that the Third Reich<br />
(specially in the rearmament drive), became intrinsically more capitalist. Commenting on<br />
Mason, the Hungarian Marxist Mihaly Vajda, has argued that ‘the bourgeoisie willingly gave up<br />
intervening in politics because the loss of its political power was accompanied by a huge<br />
increase in its economic power.’<br />
Page 116
Germany: Versailles to the Outbreak of the Second World War.<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How valuable is Source A in helping us to understand the nature of the German<br />
Revolution of 1918-1919? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the provenance of the<br />
source<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider context<br />
recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall interpretation of the<br />
source’s value.<br />
The candidate provides a structured evaluation of the value of Source A in explaining the key<br />
features of the German revolution, placing it in perspective and in the context of an overview of<br />
the revolution, in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may include:<br />
Origin: a primary source from the time of the outbreak of the German revolution (fall<br />
of Kaiser, installation of new democratic government) in November 1918.<br />
Authorship: not given precisely but candidates should be able to comment from recall on<br />
possible role of Rosa Luxemburg and Karl Liebknecht<br />
Purpose: polemic, offering a Marxist analysis of the German revolution’s key features so<br />
far.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Reference to the ‘masses’ who have revolted.. viz soldiers and workers.<br />
• Refers to end of the Kaiserreich… Prussian militarism and Kaiser are no more.<br />
• Authors’ comment on the nature of the new state power. Not yet a people’s<br />
revolution. Source is very critical of those who have betrayed the workers.<br />
• The text reveals the socialist internationalism of the Spartakists.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
The best answers should focus on the tension between reformist and revolutionary socialism. The<br />
crisis of German (and European) social democracy in August 1914 and throughout the war…<br />
leading to splits.<br />
MSPD pro war USPD centrist Spartakists<br />
Wanted to transform the war<br />
into a people’s revolution.<br />
• Spontaneous revolt in October 1918; mutinies and political strikes. Emergence of the councils<br />
(broadly imitative of Soviets)<br />
• Tension between reformist and revolutionary socialists, especially evident after rival proclamations<br />
of the Republic. Role of Ebert, Scheidemann and Noske.<br />
• The unfolding of the revolution from the Ebert-Groener pact to the crushing of the Spartakist<br />
Revolt in January 1919.<br />
Driven by their Marxism and inspired by the Bolshevik’s seizure of power in October 1917,<br />
the Spartakists demanded not what they would have termed a ‘bourgeois democratic<br />
republic’ but a dictatorship of the workers’ and soldiers’ councils.<br />
Page 117
Candidates might bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These might include reference to:<br />
• Historical scholarship on the German Revolution and its nature has over the decades<br />
remained remarkably constant in its analysis and evaluation of the nature of the German<br />
Revolution and the tensions that lay at its heart.<br />
• Luxemburg herself commented on the political immaturity of the insurrectionists who thus<br />
gave Ebert and his comrades their chance to smuggle themselves into the revolution (in the<br />
phrase of one radical) and pose as its leaders.<br />
• Generations of German historians from the Weimar Republic’s first historian Arthur<br />
Rosenberg through to later scholars such as Kolb and Peukert have commented on the<br />
‘revolution that ran aground’ (Kolb)<br />
• AJ Ryder (1959) in a pamphlet six times reprinted, pioneered British scholarship, seeing the<br />
revolution as ‘half completed’. Eschewing any misplaced romanticism about Red Rosa,<br />
Richard J Evans (2004) refers to the German revolution ‘not resolving the conflicts that<br />
had been boiling up in the country in the final phases of the war.’<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source A is useful in offering a full perspective on the causes<br />
of the German Revolution.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or<br />
historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 118
Question 2<br />
How fully does Source B explain the effects of the inflation of 1922-1923 on the<br />
German people? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
Candidate offers a structured evaluation of the completeness of Source B, in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Richard J Evans will be credited under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
Short term effects<br />
‘at its height.. terrifying’<br />
‘money lost its meaning’<br />
‘families on fixed income’ forced to sell<br />
possessions<br />
‘Germany .. grinding to a halt’<br />
effects on business<br />
effects on municipalities<br />
Long term effects<br />
‘are hard to measure’<br />
‘used to be thought that it destroyed the<br />
economic prosperity of the middle class.’<br />
on German conservatives; feelings of ‘a world<br />
turned upside down’.<br />
Candidate should be able to bring recall to bear to illustrate and contextualise the author’s viewpoint, and<br />
to point up any omissions/limitations of the source extract. 1923 is rich on anecdotage.<br />
Page 119
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
The question is on the effects of the hyper-inflation, but the candidate could give some analysis of<br />
the origins and development of the inflationary crisis to help explain the scale of the impact….<br />
1914-18 Kaiserreich’s failed gamble on victory leading to huge fiscal deficit.<br />
1919 Germany is ‘made to pay’ whilst its economic resources and domestic market<br />
shrink.<br />
1919 onwards. With currency not pegged to gold and collateralized paper, galloping inflation<br />
becomes a stampede.<br />
January 1923 Ruhr crisis. Government’s passive resistance policy – rising unemployment<br />
falling production – dropping tax revenues – refusal to raise taxes – resort to<br />
the printing presses – hyper inflation results.<br />
Exchange rate Mark/dollar<br />
1:4 8:1 47:1 263:1 493:1 7000:1 353000:1<br />
25260000000:1<br />
1914 1918 Dec 1919 Nov 1921 July 1922 Dec 1922 July 1923 Oct 1923<br />
Effects of inflation:<br />
Economic<br />
Soaring price of<br />
staples (eg bread)<br />
Hoarding<br />
Looting<br />
Break down of public<br />
utilities<br />
Bartering<br />
Cartelisation<br />
Destitution of many<br />
Post-stabilisation<br />
effect on savings<br />
Recognition of those who did well<br />
Social<br />
Crime rate rises<br />
Increase in suicide<br />
rates<br />
Food riots<br />
Malnutrition<br />
Political<br />
Upsurge in<br />
extremism<br />
Exemplified by<br />
Nazi’s Munich<br />
putsch<br />
and KPD’s<br />
Hamburg rising<br />
Cultural<br />
Erosion of<br />
‘solid’<br />
bourgeois<br />
values<br />
Fear<br />
Alienation<br />
‘criminal chic’<br />
Candidates might bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These might include reference to:<br />
Candidates may refer to a range of similar evaluations from contemporary chroniclers to textbook<br />
writers to academic historians on the insidious effects of the inflation on all layers of society.<br />
(There further exists a considerable body of sources found in CSYS and Advanced Higher<br />
History past papers).<br />
Page 120
Effective answers should reflect on the complex and frequently contradictory nature of the<br />
inflation’s effects, both in the short term and the long term, viz:<br />
• ‘there were winners too’ Erma Pustau eg (initially at least) in the short term borrowers and currency<br />
speculators.<br />
• ‘Landowners actually benefited, often paying off their mortgages in depreciated marks. So did<br />
industrialists, especially if they sold abroad.’ (Piers Brendon)<br />
Richard J Evans in Source B notes that ‘it used to be thought that it destroyed the<br />
economic prosperity of the middle class.’ But the middle class was a very diverse group in<br />
economic and financial terms. Individuals were often both savers and borrowers. Evans proceeds<br />
to point out how the post-stabilisation effect of inflation affected all social groups.<br />
• Hugo Stinnes is the best known (notorious?) beneficiary of inflation.<br />
• Inflation and popular memory. 1923, ‘the year money went mad,’ seared German consciousness.<br />
• Like Evans, Paul Bookbinder, while describing the beneficiaries (eg underlying trend<br />
towards cartelisation process was consolidated during, and continued after the period of<br />
inflation) notes the corrosive impact of the great inflation. ‘The ruin it brought to many<br />
contributed to undermining confidence in the Republic for broad segments of the<br />
population.’<br />
• A candidate might note that despite the short term benefits for some, by autumn 1923 inflation’s<br />
de-stabilising impact affected all layers of German society. Hence Brendon’s argument that<br />
‘here was a revolution as sweeping as that of the Bolsheviks.’ It can be argued that the<br />
redistributive effect of the inflation was more significant than the Revolution of 1918.<br />
• Perhaps inevitably the crisis had political effects creating further crises for the already<br />
troubled Republic.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source B is helpful in offering a full perspective on the effects<br />
of inflation on the German people.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 121
Question 3<br />
How well do Sources C and D illustrate differing viewpoints on the process<br />
whereby Hitler became Chancellor in 1933? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
[i] the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
[ii] the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
[iii] the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
[iv] provenance comment [if appropriate]<br />
Answers which refer only to provenance and content merit a maximum of 7 marks<br />
Candidate considers the views on the process whereby Hitler became Chancellor, found in<br />
Sources C and D and offers a structured review and evaluation of the two perspectives in terms<br />
of:<br />
Source C<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant points may be given credit. These may include;<br />
Authorship: high ranking government official who served first Hindenburg, then<br />
Hitler [tried before Military tribunal No 4 post-war. Acquitted] purpose: inside<br />
knowledge of the manoeuvres for power, 1932/33<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view(s)<br />
• The role of Papen and his powers of ‘persuasion’ over Hindenburg.<br />
• Hindenburg as ‘extremely hesitant’ in accepting Hitler rather than von Papen as Chancellor.<br />
• Source located in January 1933, a month of intensive intrigue in the Chancellery and<br />
President’s office.<br />
• ‘the other right wing parties..’ especially role of Hugenburg and DNVP in the creation of a<br />
Nationalist coalition with Hitler at its head.<br />
• ‘a revolt of the national socialists and civil war was likely..’ tense political atmosphere.<br />
Page 122
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source:<br />
• Von Papen, aristocratic, Catholic, ex-Reichswehr officer, powerfully connected; on extreme<br />
right of Centre Party, lacking mass support forced to win over Hitler in his attempt to fend off<br />
his bitter rival, General von Schleicher.<br />
• Hindenburg, 85 years of age, head of state since 1925; increasingly feeble and open to<br />
manipulation by members of his immediate circle such as son Oskar, Meissner and von<br />
Papen.<br />
• Parliamentary rule in the Reichstag in flux, replaced by intensive manoeuvring within the<br />
Presidential Camarilla by January 1933.<br />
• The ambitions of the nationalist media tycoon, Hugenburg; along with von Papen thought that<br />
he might use Hitler to win political power.<br />
• Public disorder widespread throughout Germany, especially the brawls between Nazi and<br />
Communist organisations; the SA and Rotfront.<br />
Source D<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant points may be given credit. These may include; accurate<br />
comment on Ashby Turner will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view(s)<br />
• ‘A remarkable political come-back…’ Hitler and the Nazi Party had appeared on the slide.<br />
• ‘A staggering set back’ Nazi losses in the November 1932 elections.<br />
• ‘Discussion and rebellion.’ Splits within the NSDAP; Gregor and Otto Strasser as rivals to<br />
Hitler’s leadership.<br />
• ‘the economy’ indicators that the Great Depression had bottomed out with ‘signs of<br />
improvement’<br />
• Field Marshal von Hindenburg’s active dislike of (ex-corporal) Hitler.<br />
• But, 30 January 1933, the President appoints Hitler as Chancellor.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source:<br />
• November 1932 Reichstag elections; though NSDAP remains largest political party, the<br />
number of its deputies is reduced to 191.<br />
• NSDAP finances weak after the huge political campaigns of 1932.<br />
• General von Schleicher, briefly Chancellor in December 1932, attempted to split the Nazi<br />
movement by wooing Hitler’s chief rival within the NSDAP, Gregor Strasser.<br />
• Evidence of recovery of the economy.<br />
• The aristocratic President’s contempt for his social inferior, Hitler; he had earlier (30 August<br />
1932) offered Hitler a cabinet post in an administration led by von Papen. Hitler had refused.<br />
• January 1933; having prevailed upon the President to dismiss von Schleicher, von Papen and<br />
Oskar von Hindenburg persuade the old man to appoint Hitler as chancellor; heading a<br />
nationalist coalition.<br />
Page 123
Points which offer wider and more critical contextualisation of the views in the sources:<br />
• Source C describes one level of a complex process, focusing on von Papen’s role as archintriguer,<br />
an aristocratic fop whose huge ambition was in inverse proportion to his political<br />
skills and judgement (ie ‘we’ve engaged him (Hitler) for ourselves” – his hopelessly mistaken<br />
view of the 30 th January deal).<br />
• The collapse of parliamentary democracy in Germany from 1930: the inability of the<br />
democratic parties to rule, the upsurge of revolutionary extremism on the left and on the right;<br />
burgeoning civil disorder.<br />
• Its corollary; the advancement of ‘saviours’, first Brüning, then von Papen and von<br />
Schleicher, each seeking a return to authoritarian rule.<br />
• But the emergence of ‘presidential cabinets’, and of intriguing rivals for power is only a<br />
partial explanation. Hitler, as leader of Germany’s largest political party and supported by<br />
the paramilitary bands of Brownshirts, the SA, was the ultimate arbiter.<br />
• Hitler’s charisma as leader of the Nazi mass movement and his huge self-belief as Germany’s<br />
messiah.<br />
• The shallow roots of political democracy in Germany contrasted with the prevalent<br />
authoritarian ethos.<br />
• The political fallout from the Great Depression, the destruction of Weimar democracy.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These might include reference to:<br />
• KD Bracher in The German Dictatorship (1969) was one of the first German historians to<br />
burrow beneath the layers of intrigue, uncovering the worsening structural problems of<br />
Weimar political life.<br />
• Likewise Hans Mommsen who placed blame for 30 th January 1933 on the conservative<br />
elites, and saw Hitler’s appointment as only partly being the product of a backstairs intrigue:<br />
‘The complex and opaque process… gave the appearance of a palace coup, but they occurred<br />
within a broader social context.’<br />
• Detlev Peukert talks of ‘the old elites, all too successful in destroying the Republic but too<br />
feeble to restore the pre-war order.’ Thus the intriguers had to seek a Faustian compact with<br />
the man they despised, Hitler.<br />
• Michael Burleigh: contrasts Papen’s ‘effete, drawing room Machiavellianism’ , with Hitler’s<br />
‘rat-like cunning’. Papen’s tragic over-estimation of his ability to manipulate Hitler.<br />
• Richard Bessel: on German society’s collective unwillingness to accept reality, to accept the<br />
Republic.<br />
• Richard Overy: ‘Hitler came to power only because a group of conservative nationalists…<br />
judged reluctantly, that Hitler was essential to carry on the broader national revolution..’<br />
• Ian Kershaw: his encapsulation is of Hitler ‘levered into power’ while ‘the elites had proven<br />
themselves incapable of establishing a viable authoritarian alternative of the old type and without<br />
mass support.’ For all the weakening of his power base in November 1932, as indicated in Source D,<br />
Hitler could not be ignored.<br />
• Richard J Evans emphasises the importance of von Papen’s deposition of the SPD-led state<br />
administration of Prussia in summer 1932. He thereby ‘dealt a mortal blow to the Weimar<br />
republic.’ The only alternatives were a conservative authoritarian regime or a Nazi<br />
dictatorship.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the two sources is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
process whereby Hitler became Chancellor in 1933.<br />
Page 124
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written; not answering the question or showing understanding of the particular<br />
views in the sources; minimal explanation; little sense of context; merely re-describes the<br />
sources<br />
5-7 Fairly well-written and some relevant points of explanation made. Shows a limited<br />
understanding of the particular views in the sources. Shows a basic sense of context but<br />
lacking clear structure; points made randomly, indicating little real grasp of significance.<br />
8-11 Clearly written and sensibly structured; explanation ranges over several relevant points;<br />
sets material in context fairly accurately; good factual grasp of topic and a reasonable<br />
review and evaluation of relevant issues within the sources, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
12-16 Well written, soundly structured and wide-ranging, with a clear and convincing argument.<br />
This answer offers detailed explanations which range over many relevant points within the<br />
sources, with a solid grasp of context and significance. Greater awareness and development<br />
of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 125
South Africa (1910-1984)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
How important a part did the demand for cheap labour play in the development of<br />
segregationist policies in South Africa, 1910 – 1948?<br />
The candidate is being asked to assess the relative significance of the demand for cheap labour in<br />
the development of segregationist policies between 1910 and 1948, while also evaluating other<br />
possible factors that should be taken into consideration. The question requires the candidate to<br />
reach a conclusion about the relative importance of cheap labour as a factor in the development of<br />
segregation.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
Evidence relating to the cheap labour explanation of segregationist policies:<br />
• ways in which segregation met the needs of industry and white farming<br />
• the links between segregation and migrant labour<br />
• the apparent advantages of migrant labour for mining and agriculture<br />
• the continuing concerns of the mining industry relating to cheap labour<br />
• the ‘alliance of gold and maize’<br />
• the reserve-subsidy theory of migrant labour<br />
• the ways in which segregationist policies made cheap labour more accessible<br />
• the 1913 Land Act and the way in which this benefited white farmers<br />
• the creation of Native reserves and migrant labour<br />
• the introduction of the colour bar and civilised labour policies.<br />
Evidence relating to other possible explanations of segregationist policies:<br />
• migrant labour did not suit the growing needs of manufacturing industry<br />
• the traditional ‘racial’ explanation of segregation emphasising Afrikaner assumptions about<br />
race<br />
• the contributions of Anglophone communities in the early twentieth century as a basis for<br />
further segregation<br />
• the sanitation syndrome of the early twentieth century<br />
• the growing fear of the ‘black peril’ in the 1920s<br />
• the fears of ‘miscegenation’ and ‘white degeneration’<br />
• the views of ‘liberal segregationists’ and the desire to protect Africans from the dangers of<br />
over-rapid urbanisation<br />
• the migrant labour system was significantly shaped by the dynamics of African societies.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• the traditional explanations put forward by Liberal historians, emphasising Afrikaner values<br />
• the revisionist arguments of the 1970s put forward by Legassick and Wolpe, emphasising<br />
the economic arguments<br />
• Saul Dubow’s study Racial Segregation and the Origins of Apartheid in South Africa, which<br />
challenged the revisionist view by placing greater emphasis on the fear of the black peril and<br />
contemporary racial ideology<br />
• William Beinart’s argument that the dynamics of African societies contributed to the<br />
development of migrant labour.<br />
Page 126
Question 2<br />
What factors best explain why African resistance to government policies achieved so little in<br />
the years 1910 – 1948?<br />
The question asks the candidate to analyse the reasons why African resistance achieved so little<br />
between 1910 and 1948. Answers should not be limited to comments on the ANC during this<br />
period, but should include reference to other forms of African resistance.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
• the diversity of African resistance movements and the lack of agreement about aims and<br />
methods<br />
• the nature of white rule in southern Africa after 1910 and the political, social and economic<br />
difficulties of resistance<br />
• the extension of state and employer control made resistance harder<br />
• the aims and leadership of the ANC throughout the period<br />
• the ANC played a secondary role throughout much of the 1920s and 1930s<br />
• the revival of the ANC during the 1940s under Xuma<br />
• the radicalism of the Youth League and its criticism of traditional ANC approaches<br />
• the greatest challenge came from organised labour eg after WW1 and again after WW2.<br />
• the ICU and its short lived successes in the 1920s<br />
• the failure of the ICU to identify with the every day problems of ordinary Africans<br />
• the financial scandals and internal disputes which destroyed the ICU<br />
• the influence of Garveyism and those who favoured a more co-operative approach and<br />
opposed Garvey’s ideas<br />
• the failure of the CPSA to create a mass movement<br />
• the failure of the All-Africa Convention to reach agreement about how to act in the face of<br />
Hertzog’s legislative attack on African rights: Petition and deputation versus mass action.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Tom Lodge: ANC leaders were middle class men who feared ‘being thrust back into the<br />
ranks of the urban and rural poor’<br />
• Nigel Worden: African protest was less successful (than the protests of white workers) and<br />
lacked the link with political mobilization’.<br />
• Dubow: assesses the early ANC more leniently than many other historians: ‘The resort to<br />
oral suasion was a pragmatic strategy that had to be exhausted before being abandoned’.<br />
Nevertheless, Dubow describes the ANC as ‘moribund’ by 1936<br />
• James Barbour: The ICU was the ‘first effective black movement’ which was ‘less<br />
important for promoting new ideas than for demonstrating the power of a mass black<br />
movement’.<br />
• Worden (following Bradford): the ICU ‘had given a sense of unity to diverse local struggles<br />
and had briefly combined urban and rural issues into a national movement... It had achieved<br />
an unprecedented level of support throughout the Union and its memory was maintained for<br />
many decades afterwards, but nothing more tangible was achieved’.<br />
• Odentaal: The early ANC mistakenly pursued a policy of ‘hopeful reliance on the common<br />
sense of justice and love of freedom so innate in the British character’.<br />
• Clark and Worger emphasise the considerable achievements of organised labour before 1948<br />
: the African Mineworkers Union had 25 000 members by 1943<br />
• Candidates may also be aware of the hagiographical approach of Meli ( South Africa belongs<br />
to us!) and of the Marxist interpretation of D. T. McKinley in The ANC and the Liberation<br />
Struggle.<br />
Page 127
Question 3<br />
Why were Hertzog and Smuts able to overcome their apparent political differences and<br />
agree to Fusion, and the formation of the United Party in 1934?<br />
This question invites candidates to consider both the immediate and longer term circumstances<br />
(social, political and economic) which led to the formation of the Hertzog-Smuts coalition in<br />
1933 and the formation of the UP a year later.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
Immediate reasons for Fusion<br />
• By 1931 the Great Depression was having a serious impact in South Africa.<br />
• The rest of the world could not afford to buy South Africa’s main exports.<br />
• Diamond exports fell in value from £16.5 m in 1928 to £1.4 m in 1934.<br />
• The world price for wool fell from 16.6 pence per lb. to 4.4 pence per pound in 1931-2.<br />
• Between 1928/9 and 1931/2 national income dropped by 19%<br />
• By 1933, approximately 22% of whites and coloureds were unemployed<br />
• ‘For God’s sake, General, forget the language and gives us bread!’<br />
• The Carnegie Commission, investigating the problem of poor whites, found that 30% of<br />
all families could not feed or house their children adequately.<br />
• In December 1932 the government abandoned the gold standard and the SA pound fell to<br />
parity with the pound sterling. Many personal fortunes were made.<br />
• Although the economy began to recover after SA abandoned the gold standard, Smuts<br />
and Hertzog agreed to start talks about forming a coalition government to guide SA<br />
through the depression<br />
• Hertzog’s fear that the NP might be defeated at the next election and that this could<br />
destroy what he had achieved for Afrikanerdom.<br />
• Smuts saw Fusion as the Great Experiment: a way of countering the emergence of<br />
fascism in Europe by emphasising common ground.<br />
Longer term reasons for Fusion<br />
• The differences which had separated Hertzog and Smuts in the 1920s<br />
• These differences may have been exaggerated<br />
• Both believed in white supremacy and supported the creation of a white nation drawn<br />
from the two white cultures<br />
• Issues about the SA position within the Empire appeared to have been resolved by the<br />
Balfour Declaration of 1926 and the subsequent Statute of Westminster<br />
• Hertzog no longer feared Imperial or British cultural domination<br />
• Economic changes, such as the greater degree of state intervention which had taken place<br />
since 1924, would be safeguarded<br />
Page 128
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Davenport argues that Fusion was intended to settle imperial, economic and native issues<br />
which had previously divided the white community<br />
• Giliomee points out that Fusion was a way of safeguarding the interests of English voters.<br />
Demographic problems militated in favour of Fusion. There was a rough ratio of 55:45<br />
between Afrikaner and English voters and, additionally, the electoral system favoured<br />
Afrikaners.<br />
• Barber: The crisis of 1933 underlined the common ground between Smuts and Hertzog.<br />
‘Past disputes appeared to be of emphasis rather than direction, of means rather than ends’<br />
• CFJ Muller: quotes Hertzog as saying: ‘We will suffer defeat and it will be the end of<br />
Afrikanerdom’<br />
• Davies, Kaplan, Morris and O’Meara: Hertzog had replaced ‘imperial’ mining capital with<br />
‘national’ capital after 1924 (ie the government paid more attention to the interests of white<br />
commercial farmers and local manufacturers) through state intervention and this economic<br />
change continued after Fusion.<br />
Page 129
Question 4<br />
Why was opposition to apartheid “relatively muted” during the 1960s?<br />
The aim of the essay is to enable the candidate to consider and evaluate the range of factors which<br />
contributed to the relative quiescence of the 1960s. The candidate would be expected to reach a<br />
conclusion about the relative importance of political factors, including the power of the state and<br />
the weakness of the resistance movements, and socio-economic factors such as the rapid growth<br />
in the SA economy. Some candidates may recognise that relatively muted is not the same as<br />
silenced and that there may have been developments taking place that would be of significance in<br />
the future.<br />
The candidate might be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
The government response:<br />
• the banning of resistance organisations<br />
• increased government control over the press and personal mobility<br />
• urban removal policy.<br />
Economic stability:<br />
• a decade of unprecedented economic growth<br />
• GNP grew at 5% pa<br />
• while white South Africans gained the most, black unemployment fell to less than 10%.<br />
The weakness of the resistance movements:<br />
• the banning of the ANC and PAC drove African opposition to direct action<br />
• divisions in both the ANC and PAC<br />
• The Rivonia Trial led to the imprisonment of the most significant ANC/MK leaders<br />
• the problems facing the exiled organisations<br />
• the difficulties of co-ordinating guerrilla campaigns<br />
• lack of international support.<br />
The international response:<br />
• the UN was highly critical of the SA government by the end of the 1960s<br />
• OAU set up a Liberation Committee but the new African regimes lacked influence<br />
• SA government made effective propaganda use of the alleged link between the SACP and the<br />
ANC<br />
• the West continued to invest in the South African economy.<br />
Page 130
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Leonard Thompson: ‘Quiescence did not mean acquiescence’<br />
• Dale McKinley (Marxist-Leninist) blames the ANC: ‘the reactive armed struggle was born<br />
of a historical failure to organise and mobilise around the actual and potential militancy of<br />
the masses.’ As a result, McKinley argues that ‘The ANC was no closer to seizing power<br />
than it had been in the late 1950s’<br />
• Francis Meli finds encouraging signs of continuing resistance: ‘The ANC concentrated on<br />
heightening the political consciousness of its cadres and keeping up their morale’<br />
• Tom Lodge: “Despite the frustrations and apparent triviality of much exile political activity,<br />
the experience of exile and the fashion in which South African political movements survived<br />
was an important phase of the history of South African resistance. It was a rite of passage<br />
…”<br />
Page 131
Question 5<br />
How important a part did the Black Consciousness movement play in causing increased<br />
militancy among black Africans in the 1970s and early 1980s?<br />
This question asks the candidate to evaluate the relative significance of the Black consciousness<br />
movement’s contribution to the increased militancy among black South Africans in the 1970s and<br />
early 1980s. Candidates are expected to evaluate both the part played by black consciousness and<br />
the other possible factors involved.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
The nature of the Black Consciousness Movement:<br />
• the ideology of Black Consciousness<br />
• the leadership of Steve Biko<br />
• the influence of the American Black Power movement<br />
• the formation of SASO in 1969 and subsequently of SASM<br />
• 1972 student strikes on university campuses<br />
• 1975 SASO banned<br />
• The Black Communities Project encouraged self-help schemes<br />
• Biko rejected policies of violence adopted by ANC/PAC in early 1960s<br />
• the impact of Black Consciousness on a generation of Africans<br />
• The ideological and political vacuum created by the banning of the ANC/PAC<br />
• Black Consciousness influenced the student leaders in Soweto as well as students elsewhere<br />
• the impact of Biko’s trial 1975-6.<br />
The limitation of Black Consciousness:<br />
• the limited influence of the Black Peoples’ Convention<br />
• vague and undefined political and economic policies<br />
• Black Consciousness failed to penetrate into working class or peasant communities<br />
• students in Soweto had no formal links with worker organisations.<br />
Other factors:<br />
• the related ‘liberation theology’ in church circles, as well as a vigorous movement in the arts,<br />
with works such as Bloke Modisane’s Blame me on History taking a liberationist message to<br />
the townships<br />
• the rebirth of African trades unions with a consequent series of strikes<br />
• 60 000 African workers were on strike in the first three months of 1973<br />
• the great unpopularity of Afrikaans-medium instruction in the Bantu schools,<br />
• poor living conditions and simple reaction to oppression.<br />
• developments in other African countries, especially the liberation of Angola and Mozambique<br />
• the international oil crisis and the subsequent recession which halted the long period of<br />
industrial/economic success in SA<br />
• the increased size of the African urban workforce, including skilled and semi skilled workers<br />
• the increased class-consciousness of that workforce<br />
• the growing unpopularity of the homelands policy of the NP.<br />
Page 132
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• S. Dubow emphasises the influence of the BC movement on the Soweto uprising<br />
• Robert Price has shown that the students in SASO were influenced by developments in<br />
Mozambique and Angola.<br />
• Hirson in Year of Fire, Year of Ash highlights increased worker militancy as an explanation<br />
of the revolt in the townships<br />
• Nigel Worden: describes Black Consciousness as ‘an important part of the renewed<br />
conflicts’ of the 1970s<br />
• Adrian Guelke: How far the Black Consciousness movement actually extended beyond<br />
intellectuals and students remains a matter of debate<br />
• Robert Ross: ‘The leaders of the Black consciousness movement had little immediate<br />
affinity with the working class of the cities’<br />
• Beinart argues that the Black Consciousness movement extended the bounds of possibility<br />
and that anger and the symbols of resistance survived the death of Biko and the banning of<br />
BC. There remained ‘a strong belief amongst politicised black youths that ‘the system ‘was<br />
so unjust that it could not last.<br />
Page 133
Question 6<br />
‘A complex attempt to adapt to changing circumstances, without sacrificing Afrikaner<br />
power’. How accurate is this assessment of the reforms introduced by PW Botha’s<br />
government, 1978– 1984?<br />
This question asks the candidate to identify the changing circumstances of the late 70s and early<br />
80s – both within SA and abroad – which led to the ‘adapt or die’ policies of the Botha<br />
administration, and then assess the extent to which the reforms were ultimately a means of<br />
retaining white, predominantly Afrikaner, power.<br />
The candidate may use evidence such as:<br />
Changing circumstances<br />
• Changing demands within the economy and manufacturing industry’s need for a more stable,<br />
educated workforce.<br />
• Growing worker militancy.<br />
• Changes in the NP power base meant that Botha was now more ready to listen to the demands<br />
made by industry.<br />
• The break-away Conservative Party won the blue-collar workers’ support, leaving Botha in<br />
need of a new power base.<br />
• The changing international situation: black majority rule elsewhere in Africa meant SA faced<br />
total onslaught from the front line states.<br />
• The PAC and ANC embarked on new campaigns to end white rule<br />
• SA’s economic problems in the 1970s.<br />
The main reforms and their aims<br />
• The recommendations of the Wiehahn and Riekart Commissions.<br />
• The Lange Commission ( education).<br />
• The recognition of African Trade Unions.<br />
• The granting of certain rights to urban Africans in the hope that this would create stable<br />
African urban communities.<br />
• The ending of white job reservation in manufacturing industry.<br />
• The ending of restrictions on the mobility of labour.<br />
• The tri-cameral constitution of 1984.<br />
• Botha needed allies in his struggle against the perceived threat of international communism.<br />
• Botha hoped to win the support of middle class blacks.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Merle Lipton: apartheid and the capitalism were in conflict. Segregation was no longer<br />
appropriate to the changing needs of the SA economy, hence the changes. However, SA<br />
remained a ‘racially ordered society’<br />
• Adrian Guelke: Botha sought to influence Western opinion towards SA directly through<br />
domestic reform’.<br />
• O’Meara: Under pressure for the Urban Foundation and other business groups, the Botha<br />
government now relaxed some of the restrictions on the black middle class, allowing it a<br />
measure of social mobility’.<br />
• Robert Ross: ‘Botha’s Nationalists did not reject the basic assumptions or methods of<br />
apartheid… They merely recognised that some degree of economic and social reform was<br />
necessary in order to maintain Afrikaner supremacy and white prosperity’. This was a<br />
‘piecemeal, unconvinced reform programme based on the government’s realisation that it<br />
could no longer maintain its power without building up alliances among its subjects’.<br />
Page 134
South Africa (1910-1984)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How well do Sources A and B illustrate differing explanations of the rise of<br />
Afrikaner nationalism before 1948? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate).<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources A and B, and evaluates the extent to which they<br />
illustrate differing explanations of the rise of Afrikaner nationalism in terms of:<br />
Points from Source A:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: recognition that this is a recent history of South Africa, written by a leading Afrikaner<br />
academic.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Afrikaner intellectuals deliberately exaggerated both the effects of British imperialism and<br />
the fear of being overwhelmed by the black drift to the cities<br />
• Afrikaners were encouraged to see themselves as ‘victims’<br />
• They were being exploited both from above (by the British) and from below (by the<br />
uncivilised African majority)<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source:<br />
• the longstanding Afrikaner hostility to British Imperialism<br />
• the anti-capitalist stand of Afrikaner politicians, especially Hertzog in the 1920s<br />
• Hertzog’s determination to restrict Imperial authority<br />
• Afrikaner fears of the African majority, especially in towns, and the impact of ‘the Black<br />
Peril’ in the 1929 election<br />
• the efforts made by extreme nationalists to create a sense of identity among Afrikaners by<br />
playing on these prejudices and fears<br />
• candidates who are able to provide content detail and analysis on any of these aspects are<br />
showing that they can offer support for the wider picture of the view expressed in Source A.<br />
Page 135
Source B<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Clark and Worger will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• The leadership of the Broederbond was drawn largely from the intelligentsia<br />
• The FAK was established to promote Afrikaner culture<br />
• Ethnic identity was promoted through Afrikaner culture and especially the use of Afrikaans<br />
• The Broederbond fostered ethnic identity through economic activity<br />
• The Broederbond saw political power as a means to establishing social and economic goals.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Information about the origins and role of the Broederbond<br />
• The Broederbond was based largely in the Transvaal<br />
• The relationship between the Broederbond (established 1918) the FAK (established 1929)<br />
• The role of the Broederbond in the Eeuwfees celebration of 1938<br />
• Isobel Hofmeyr has emphasised the role of language, and Afrikaner publications, in creating<br />
a sense of national identity. (‘Building a nation from words: Afrikaans language, literature<br />
and national identity’).<br />
Candidates who are able to provide content detail and analysis on any of these aspects are<br />
showing that they can offer support for the wider picture of the view expressed in Source B.<br />
Points which offer wider and more critical contextualisation of the view in the sources.<br />
The two sources consider some of the factors which historians have suggested as significant in the<br />
rise of Afrikaner nationalism.<br />
Mention could also be made of the following:<br />
• Earlier ‘Liberal’ views also argued that Afrikaner nationalism was a product of fear.<br />
• Others have seen the rise of Afrikaner nationalism as a response to the problems of the poor<br />
whites.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Dunbar Moodie’s emphasis on the role of ‘civil religion’ in the Rise of Afrikanerdom (1975)<br />
• O’Meara’s emphasis on the creation of an Afrikaner economic movement to counter what<br />
were seen as the interests of English capital. (Volkskapitalisme: O’Meara (1983)<br />
• The significance of the Cape, where, as Giliomee has shown, a Nationalist bourgeoisie<br />
(farmers and intelligentsia) had emerged as early as 1915. The significance of Die Burger<br />
and the Nasionale Pers – Cape publications – in promoting Afrikaner national identity<br />
• Giliomee has questioned the significance of the Broederbond and the Transvaal in the rise of<br />
Afrikaner nationalism<br />
The candidate is therefore able to reach a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the extent<br />
to which Sources A and B illustrate differing explanations of the rise of Afrikaner nationalism.<br />
Page 136
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 137
Question 2<br />
How useful is Source C as an explanation of the apartheid policies of the 1950s? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of the usefulness of Source C as an explanation of<br />
apartheid policies after 1948 in terms of:<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
Provenance: A contemporary source from the Nationalist politician who became<br />
known as ‘apartheid’s master builder’<br />
To justify National Party policies to the (advisory) Natives Representative<br />
Council, the only body representing Africans, after the disenfranchising<br />
of Cape Blacks in 1936. One African representative described the<br />
Natives Representative Council as a ‘toy telephone’.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• The government advocates baasskap apartheid<br />
• Verwoerd presents this as supremacy for whites in white areas, and for Africans in African areas<br />
• There will be opportunities for prosperity and development in each ‘sphere’<br />
• NP policies will ensure the development of the Bantu peoples, taking into account their<br />
languages, traditions, history and ethnic differences<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Comparison of Verwoerd’s beliefs here with the theories developed by Afrikaner academics<br />
in 1940s (eg Geoff Cronje, Piet Cillie)<br />
• Reference to the content of the Sauer report of 1948<br />
• Verwoerd had been appointed Minister for Native Affairs in October 1950<br />
• Verwoerd was instrumental in the passing of the Bantu Education Act (1953) which provided<br />
a separate – and inferior – education system for Africans, preparing them for a future<br />
determined by whites.<br />
• Key aspects of baasskap apartheid such as the attempts to restrict those Africans who could<br />
live in white-designated areas ( those who had section 10 rights) and the tightening of the<br />
Pass Laws for Africans; the ‘removal’ of non-whites from areas designated white , most<br />
notably at Sophiatown; separate development after 1959 with passing of Bantu Self<br />
Governing Act.<br />
Page 138
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Possible reference to the historiographical debate about how far apartheid was a single, defined<br />
ideology in the 1950s, with reference to Posel’s work on ‘practical’ apartheid<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source C is useful in explaining the apartheid policies of the<br />
1950s.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’<br />
views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 139
Question 3<br />
How fully does Source D explain the appeal of Africanist ideas at the time of the PAC split<br />
from the ANC? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source D as an explanation of the appeal of<br />
Africanist ideas, in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: recognition of who Sobukwe was and why his views mattered.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Africanists reject both apartheid and the multi-racialism of the ANC<br />
• Multi racialism encourages ethnic particularism<br />
• Multi-racialism is effectively a means of protecting white interests<br />
• All Africans – throughout Africa (hence Afrika) should stand united<br />
• All whose first loyalty is to Africa, and who accept black majority rule, are to be considered as<br />
‘Africans’<br />
• PAC slogan was ‘Africa for the Africans’<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Africanists rejected the Freedom Charter and its advocacy of multi-racialism<br />
• Africanists were suspicious of the white Congress of Democrats, and the involvement of the SACP<br />
• Originally strongly influenced by Garveyism<br />
• Africanist views were present in the Congress Youth League (1943) and in Anton Lembede<br />
in particular<br />
• Under Luthuli’s leadership, the ANC had co-operated with other organisations opposed to<br />
apartheid: this led to conflicts between Charterists and Africanists<br />
• Worden suggest that the appeal of Africanism was part of the ‘wider African assertiveness in<br />
this period’, and the growth of African nationalism throughout the continent, as evidenced by<br />
the 1958 Accra Conference.<br />
• PAC appealed to the alienated in the townships, particularly on the Rand but also in the<br />
Western Cape<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Dubow suggests that the Treason Trial, and the power vacuum it created within the ANC, led to<br />
dissent and internal problems which weakened the ANC and played into the hands of the PAC<br />
Lack of clarity about what Sobukwe meant when he attempted to define an ‘African’.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source D is helpful in explaining the appeal of Africanist ideas<br />
at the time of the PAC split from the ANC.<br />
Page 140
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’<br />
views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 141
Soviet Russia (1917-1953)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
To what extent can the decline of the Provisional Government be dated from the July Days?<br />
In an account and an analysis of its failings, factors within the Provisional Government itself<br />
should be analysed and compared to external events and the impact of alternative groups. There<br />
should be a sense of continuous debate and an awareness of the players involved. Personalities,<br />
policies, actions and miscalculations will inform the piece. Discussion should include the key<br />
policy issues – social reform, land, economy, national minorities and war.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
The Provisional Government itself:<br />
• the weaknesses inherent in the government<br />
• divided government (Dual Power and the Petrograd Soviet), the composition of the<br />
Provisional Government and the Soviet<br />
• the positive achievements at the outset in the ‘honeymoon period’ of the first month.<br />
• the constitutional problem (the Constituent Assembly)<br />
• different groups with conflicting demands which were difficult to meet, and the resulting<br />
splits (eg over the national minorities)<br />
• the undermining of authority in the army by Order No 1 and why the Soviet did not take<br />
power at this time should be examined<br />
• the policies, the land question and the food crises.<br />
The external factors which served to exacerbate the problems:<br />
• the impact of the war, the more sophisticated line of argument leading with the<br />
underestimation of the social revolution in 1917, citing desertions from the army after the<br />
June Offensive and looking at the July Days as a catalyst for more<br />
• addressing the fact that in the July Days the threat of Bolshevism could have been arrested<br />
• a consideration of the right (Kornilov) and the role of Kerensky.<br />
The question of the Bolshevik challenge:<br />
• the significance of Lenin’s return, the April Theses and the radicalisation of the workers<br />
• in this acute situation the July Days are evidence of limited Bolshevik commitment to<br />
revolution and Kerensky’s actions served only to bring the Bolsheviks back in the aftermath<br />
of the Kornilov affair<br />
• discussion about the seizure of power in October and the roles of the main leaders, Lenin and<br />
Trotsky<br />
• the issue of the popular revolution as evidence of the complete failure of the Provisional<br />
Government, the coup d’etat by the Bolsheviks as further evidence of limited opposition.<br />
Page 142
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Robert Service’s view that ‘for most of the year the Provisional Government survived on<br />
guile and rhetoric’<br />
• M Howard contends that it collapsed ‘under the immense stress imposed by an industrialised<br />
war’<br />
• Rabinowitch states that the long term causes of unrest made ‘the desire for an end to the<br />
coalition government very nearly universal’<br />
• Kowalski noted that the system was also victim to ‘a number of unpredictable accidents and<br />
improbable coincidences… such as, for instance, the attempted coup by General Kornilov’<br />
• Robert Service noted that ‘the timing of the collapse of the Provisional Government was<br />
more of his (Lenin) work than the consequence of the socio-political environment, or of the<br />
actions of the Soviets’<br />
• Richard Pipes states that ‘it was only a question of time before Kerensky would be<br />
overthrown by someone able to provide firm leadership’.<br />
Page 143
Question 2<br />
How far had the ideals of the October Revolution been betrayed by the time of the Tenth<br />
Party Congress in March 1921?<br />
The relationship between the Party and government should be central to this answer as an analysis<br />
of events as they link to ideals or as a pragmatic response to circumstance are discussed. They<br />
will consider the evolution of the party over the government and over the Party membership.<br />
These answers will be likely to discuss democratic centralism as a justification of the extent of<br />
control alongside the idea of the earlier signs of dictatorship of the Party.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
The main promises made by the Bolsheviks:<br />
• sweeping away the ‘pillars of Tsarism’<br />
• rejecting liberal democracy, as represented by the Provisional Government<br />
• moving towards the ideal of proletarian democracy as embodied by the Soviets and<br />
introduced by the leadership of the Party<br />
• ideology may be considered by referring to the main works (eg ‘What is to be done’, ‘April<br />
Theses’, ‘State and Revolution’, ‘War and Revolution’).<br />
Contrast this with events and actions taken to create a one-party state:<br />
• the political impact of the Civil War on the Party<br />
• the change in membership, more peasant based after the purge in 1919 and more to do with<br />
self-interest than Marxism<br />
• the loss of the proletarian base<br />
• discussion of the relationship of the government to the Communist Party. In the latter the<br />
roles of the Politburo, the Central Committee, the Congress, the City and provincial parties<br />
and the local parties should be included. In the former the Sovnarkom, the Central Executive<br />
Committee, the all-Russian Congress of Soviets, the provincial and city soviets and the local<br />
and district soviets should be considered<br />
• the ban on factions in 1921 and its impact<br />
• a discussion of the nomenklatura and their role in the development of authoritarian<br />
government. The RSFR (January 1918), the assertion of the urban and proletarian<br />
dictatorship and the relationship with ‘non- Russian’ areas (given varying degrees of<br />
autonomy), which some may contend was reminiscent of the tsarist empire<br />
• a consideration of the roles of Lenin and Trotsky<br />
• the activities of others eg Kamenev, Zinoviev.<br />
Justification for this phase should be presented:<br />
• harsh measures and strong leadership being vital to contain the situation post – Civil War<br />
• to prepare for the ‘dictatorship of the proletariat’<br />
• this democratic or bureaucratic centralism would ensure that the tight knit group in Moscow<br />
would control and dictate to the country<br />
• the best answers may refer to the French Revolution (even the period of the Directory) and<br />
the path to Stalin.<br />
Page 144
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Sheila Fitzpatrick notes that the changing circumstances of the Civil War meant that to<br />
‘cope with a desperate situation’ they turned to a more centralised government control<br />
• For Alec Nove War Communism was both a response to war needs and a leap towards all out<br />
socialism. Furthermore he points out that if the market were to be abolished the creation of<br />
centralised bureaucracy was ‘a functional necessity’<br />
• Kowalski points to the undeniable fact that ‘a democratic form of socialism was unlikely to<br />
emerge’<br />
He further states that there was ‘an even greater centralisation of power in the hands of the<br />
Sovnarkom and its spawning bureaucracy at the expense of the power of the local soviets’<br />
• James White notes that in industry central boards had been appointed to run different<br />
industries.<br />
Page 145
Question 3<br />
“Red victory in the Civil War was a foregone conclusion.” How justified is this view?<br />
Essays here will not read like a ‘fait accompli’ but should demonstrate a more detailed<br />
understanding of the range and importance of the different factors involved and the variety of<br />
influences on the outcome of the conflict.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
Discussion of the main factors in the Red victory including:<br />
• the organisational skills of the Bolsheviks strong leadership, role of Trotsky, a sense of unity,<br />
and the skill of the Red Army<br />
• geographical advantages, control of the Russian heartland<br />
• support of the peasants, the issue of popular support for the different sides in the Civil War<br />
• propaganda, Red exploitation of White weaknesses (eg efficient use of propaganda, terror)<br />
• the inability of the Whites to forge a common purpose or military front against the Reds, the<br />
inadequacies of the White leaders’ policies and methods<br />
• the role of non-White opposition to the Bolsheviks (eg the Greens, the foreign<br />
interventionists) and their impact on events.<br />
At this level answers should acknowledge the disorganisation of the Bolsheviks’ opponents,<br />
but will note that victory cannot be explained in these terms alone:<br />
• the political propaganda and the battle for the hearts and minds of the people<br />
• the promise of land for the peasants where the Whites returned it or gave it to former<br />
landlords<br />
• the Whites lost the support of the nationalist groups by their pre-1917 policy on the borders<br />
which would deny autonomy to some<br />
• detail on the armies will cover the leadership and the behaviour of the ordinary soldiers<br />
• the limited impact of foreign interventionists and their half-hearted attempts did little to aid<br />
the White cause. Here the Reds did not win, the Whites were losing.<br />
In the best pieces the debate will note the subtleties of support and varieties of causes within this<br />
one Civil War which did not help the Whites but, because of the ‘one cause’ belief, did help the<br />
Reds.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Evan Mawdsley cites the advantage of the ‘Aladdin’s cave’ regarding the territory<br />
• Robert Service cites Trotsky’s brilliance<br />
• Richard Pipes sees the objective factors (like the territory the Reds controlled) as the cause<br />
of victory, rather than leadership or motivation.<br />
• Orlando Figes suggests the crucial advantage the Reds had, which meant more men<br />
volunteered to be part of the fighting force, was the claim that they were defending ‘the<br />
Revolution’<br />
• Figes also states that the root of White failure was one of politics<br />
• Bruce Lincoln also highlights this in Wrangel’s attempt in 1920 to offer land to the peasants<br />
as well<br />
Page 146
Question 4<br />
To what extent did NEP solve the economic problems experienced during the period of War<br />
Communism?<br />
Answers should demonstrate knowledge of what War Communism and the New Economic Policy<br />
were.<br />
The evaluation of success should include a consideration of why each policy was introduced.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
War Communism:<br />
• Handing over control to peasants and workers and the subsequent chaos<br />
• The adoption of War Communism in 1918 to ensure the economy would be sustained and the<br />
Army would be fed<br />
• Key features eg grain requisitioning, the banning of private trade, state controlled industry,<br />
the introduction of single managers to replace workers’ committees, internal passports, fines<br />
and rationing.<br />
NEP:<br />
• Restrictions removed, ‘tax in kind’ introduced, and private trade – small businesses re-opened<br />
and rationing abolished.<br />
The principles which drive the debate:<br />
• War Communism faithful to the cause<br />
• NEP almost a return to tsarist economic structures.<br />
The success of each in economic terms should be considered:<br />
• There is little doubt that NEP resulted in economic recovery, which was much better than<br />
expected. Details should be given. Industry did benefit. However candidates might also<br />
consider the role of ‘Nepmen’, the growth of ‘capitalist’ ideas, corruption and property<br />
speculation. That progress was uneven should be discussed eg the ‘scissors crisis’.<br />
• Peasants also benefited and candidates should provide evidence of rapid recovery.<br />
• Candidates might note that the liberalisation of the economy was beneficial to the country as<br />
a whole.<br />
The political success should be considered including:<br />
• The link to the aims of the revolution<br />
• The reason for political expediency<br />
• The long-term impact on the USSR.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Sheila Fitzpatrick and Orlando Figes both agree that NEP was introduced as ‘an<br />
impoverished response to desperate economic conditions’<br />
• Alec Nove and Geoffrey Hosking contend that it was through political expediency – a fear<br />
of being overthrown, thus taking the sting out of popular discontent<br />
• Chamberlin, Shapiro and Figes note the detrimental effects such as the rise in unemployment,<br />
class tension<br />
• Katrina Clark states that it allowed the intellectuals to flourish<br />
• Shapiro cites this period as a golden age in intellectual life<br />
Page 147
Question 5<br />
How far had a new Soviet society had been created by the end of the 1930s?<br />
Here it might be expected to see some assessment of the nature of the ‘new society’. Candidates<br />
may compare developments with Lenin’s Russia in order to see progression, or may be more<br />
critical and note the totalitarian model and the emergence of ‘Stalinism’ as distinct from earlier<br />
periods. Each aspect should contain a detailed explanation of the changes and should assess the<br />
extent of their impact. There should be some sense of balance in the piece and some awareness of<br />
the criticisms of the regime.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
Changes in society (in education, the family, religion, and Socialist realism in the arts)<br />
• The Cultural Revolution should be addressed with its vision of new cities, communal living<br />
spaces, and emergence of ‘homo sovieticus’<br />
• The agents of change and their impact would include the Komsomol, Shulgin and the<br />
influence of similar in education, RAPP, Association of artists, cinema makers<br />
• The success this brought to this ‘new society’ should be assessed alongside its impact on the<br />
family. Upheavals, homelessness and crime by the mid-thirties saw a move to more rigid<br />
censures on society, called by some the ‘Great Retreat’ because it was a return to the values of<br />
pre-Communist days. So the candidate might evaluate the Family Code of May 1936, cite the<br />
example of Pavlik Morozov, the Stakhanovite movement, and may also comment critically on<br />
this.<br />
• Consideration of the changes in education with the move from the abstract and the class<br />
struggle to that of the heroic and the imperial, using terminology like ‘motherland’<br />
• The creation of the new society, perhaps mentioning Zamyatin, highlighting the limitations in<br />
its success. Opposition to the Stalinist ideal did exist and was not eradicated. Although at<br />
this stage ‘career communists’ did seize their chance and did change society, the ordinary<br />
people still held to their own beliefs<br />
Changes in politics (centralisation, the Stalinist cult, the totalitarian state).<br />
The interpretations of the extent of ‘Stalinism’ and the imposition of codes, rather than the<br />
acceptance and participation by the ordinary people, might be considered. The conflict of ideas<br />
and the shadow culture may be discussed. The political changes and the imposition of policy<br />
from the centre may be debated alongside the evidence of acceptance at local level.<br />
Changes in the economy (in agriculture and industry)<br />
Discussing the impact of industrialisation and the ‘quicksand society’, and collectivisation.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Kowalski states that propaganda, education and cultural developments were central to<br />
building socialism<br />
• Beryl Williams notes that the traditional gender roles were maintained<br />
• Sheila Fitzpatrick states that family came first at this time<br />
• Robert Service notes that there was a very positive response of the youth to the Komsomol<br />
• Richard Stites notes the negation of all existing culture because it is better to have no culture<br />
rather than bourgeois culture<br />
• Sheila Fitzpatrick notes the difficulty of ‘spontaneously’ creating this Proletkult, to be<br />
proletarian and distinct from the formerly dominating bourgeois culture and that it was halted<br />
in its infancy, its idealism and aspirations smothered by the desire to control on the 1930s.<br />
Page 148
Question 6<br />
Which factors best explain the victory of the Soviet Union in the Great Patriotic War?<br />
Answers may include background to the Nazi invasion; the ‘shock’ of Barbarossa and a<br />
consideration of the unpreparedness in light of the expected alliance of the two powers.<br />
Candidates may refer to a range of basic military factors from Barbarossa to Stalingrad, to the<br />
Leningrad Blockade to Kursk.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
Candidates may consider the negative factors:<br />
• Huge loss of life and its impact on the war machine should be highlighted as evidence of the<br />
potential outcome<br />
• Problems caused by the Red Army purge in the 1930s<br />
• Initial economic dislocation (eg loss of agricultural lands)<br />
• Diplomatic context (Nazi-Soviet Pact to buy time?).<br />
Candidates should note the reasons for victory:<br />
• The War for the Russian Motherland… now not the USSR…<br />
• Role of propaganda and the Orthodox Church, turning the negatives around of rationing,<br />
conscription, loss of homes; eventual efficiency of war economy as a result of 1930s<br />
policies… and loyalty to the Motherland and to Stalin<br />
• The relocation of industries to beyond the Urals (evacuation of approx 10 million people)<br />
• The scorched earth policy<br />
• The role of Stalin in rallying the people<br />
• Geo-strategic issues (size of the country, climate etc, making it difficult for the Wehrmacht)<br />
• Russian strengths might include the economic stability attained allowing the supply of the<br />
military with adequate materiel; the constant upgrading of the Red Army; opening up new<br />
fronts and Allied support; Kursk, evidence of Russian military development enough to beat<br />
the Germans in tank battles.<br />
• Stalingrad may be discussed in terms of the type of fighting required; suiting the Russians;<br />
the use of snipers; manipulating the war zone. Stalingrad is seen at this level as ‘a matter of<br />
prestige between Hitler and Stalin’, which alongside the ‘dogged, rugged, Siberian obstinacy’<br />
and ‘the stamina of Soviet soldiers was incredible’ shows the determination involved<br />
• Enemy weaknesses (dealing with Russian climate, land mass meaning Germans overstretched<br />
and cannot apply same tactics as in France; effects of Allied bombing of Germany;<br />
Allied invasion in the West).<br />
Page 149
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Richard Overy notes the strengths and the weaknesses of the Soviet forces as reasons for the<br />
outcome. He also highlights the ‘uneasy symbiosis’ of the ‘efforts of the people in defiance<br />
of the system they inhabited’ and the role of the state and the leader.<br />
• Roy Medvedev criticises the Generalissimo as being ‘short-sighted and cruel, careless of losses’<br />
• Chris Ward notes the economic, military and the political, but also points out the importance<br />
of the social factors – the people’s ear. He also notes Hitler’s blunders.<br />
• Richard Sakwa notes that Stalin ‘appeal(ed) to Russian pride rather than Marxism or<br />
Leninism as inspiration for resistance’<br />
• John Laver highlights the establishment of a command economy and authoritarian rule and<br />
the appeal to patriotism in order to galvanise support for ‘Mother Russia’<br />
• Richard Sakwa notes that there were two wars being fought simultaneously, ‘against the<br />
Nazi aggressor and the continuing war of the Stalinist regime to stay in power’<br />
• John Laver notes the suitability of Russia economically to the demands of total war and<br />
Geoffrey Hosking stresses that productivity was impressive in terms of military output.<br />
• Reconciliation with the Church and religions is highlighted by many historians including J N<br />
Westwood, Richard Overy and Geoffrey Hosking…<br />
• Roy Medvedev notes the special ‘united front’<br />
Page 150
Soviet Russia (1917-1953)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How fully does Source A explain the causes of the February Revolution? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source A as an adequate explanation of the causes<br />
of the February revolution in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include:<br />
• Recognition of Rodzianko’s role in those revolutionary times; therefore his authority as<br />
witness.<br />
• Recognition of Ruskii as Commander-in chief of the Northern front<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• The events were spontaneous<br />
• The mutiny is from the ranks… from peasant soldiers<br />
• Aims reflect peasant causes – for rights to land and freedom<br />
• The failure of the Tsar and autocracy<br />
• The failures in the War because of the officers<br />
• The revolt is substantial but not organised, and not in essence political… not Bolshevik<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Key leaders of the revolt were in fact the women but not by design, built on the International<br />
Women’s day, and then the soldiers<br />
• Industrial discontent, increased number of strikes, (Putilov) but this does not necessarily<br />
mean they were ready for revolution. Might refer also to Tsarina Alix’s views on the nature<br />
of the unrest on the streets of Petrograd<br />
• The original cries were for bread (shortages and queuing and inflation Figes) but then this<br />
moves to criticising autocracy<br />
• Evidence of war weariness, an international situation by 1917.<br />
• The Army units joined the rioters from 25 February onwards (Volinsky regiment), also the<br />
role of the Petrograd Garrison<br />
• The abdication of the Tsar on the 2 nd March as ‘instructed’ by the generals at Pskov, the<br />
notion of the military plot… Guchkov and the Generals, and Alexeyev having a draft of the<br />
abdication document in his pocket.<br />
• This is part of the line of argument where Nicholas is betrayed by the upper elites.<br />
Page 151
Points from recall which offer a more critical contextualisation of the view in the sources<br />
• Some consideration of the workers’ organisations… Schliapnikov and the Petrograd Bureau,<br />
shop stewards, the Viborg workers etc. As Corin and Fiehn state ‘the main push came from<br />
the workers in the cities’<br />
• Some consideration of the impact of the revolutionary movement<br />
• Lenin abroad but influence felt<br />
• Influence of mutinies abroad<br />
• Sukhanov’s views and accurate description of events<br />
• Whether this is a consideration of revolution from the people or whether this is actually revolt<br />
from the centre itself…<br />
• Trotsky’s analysis that it was the revolution from below.<br />
• Richard Pipes contends that it was not a worker revolt at all, rather it was the Generals and<br />
the politicians who really brought about the downfall of Tsarism, and here are two in<br />
correspondence.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Robert Service contends that February was complex, that there was no certainty that this<br />
would be the end of the Romanovs, that the abdication was instigated by the Duma<br />
politicians, not the revolutionaries.<br />
• Dimitri Volkogonov states that war weariness was a main factor, particularly after 1916<br />
when Nicholas became Supreme Commander. So it is the war and the weakness of the<br />
regime.<br />
• Tsuyoshi Hasegawa contends that the War stopped the process of modernisation and in a<br />
way ‘cemented all sections of society together’ and then the same War tore it apart.<br />
• Richard Pipes states that this was no workers revolution, but that the Tsar yielded to generals<br />
and politicians out of a sense of duty and Peter Kenez confirms this as he states that it was<br />
not a workers’ revolution, but because of the soldiers refusal to obey.<br />
• Orlando Figes claims that ‘it all began with bread’.<br />
• Chamberlin notes it as spontaneous and anonymous.<br />
• Kowalski cites the ‘dithering of the Council of Ministers’.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source A is helpful in offering a full perspective on the causes<br />
of the February Revolution.<br />
Page 152
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer relevant and<br />
appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 153
Question 2<br />
How useful is Source B for understanding the leadership struggle in the 1920s? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured consideration of the usefulness of Source B in understanding<br />
the events surrounding the leadership struggle of the 1920s in terms of:<br />
Provenance Note dictated by Lenin, late December 1922- early January 1923, for the 12 th<br />
Party Congress (April-May 1923).<br />
Background on state of mind when writing it. Lenin already ill.<br />
Purpose – to express concern about in-fighting among the Party’s leadership; to<br />
suggest that Stalin be removed as General Secretary<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Lenin’s views on several Party leaders, including Trotsky, Stalin, Zinoviev and Kamenev<br />
• Evaluation of the critical points made<br />
• Concern about the use of power / abuse of power<br />
• Stops short of endorsing anyone as a successor, but succession is likely on his mind<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• That this is written at the end of the Civil War<br />
• Lenin’s illness is obvious by now<br />
• Detail on other communist figures mentioned in testament (Bukharin, Pyatakov etc)<br />
• That each of the players may be jostling for succession<br />
• Lenin’s differences with Stalin (especially over nationalities issue, Georgia in particular).<br />
• Stalin’s manipulation of the situation and posts attained eg 1922-3 general secretary of the<br />
Central Committee and up until then a party leader, a specialist on the nationalities<br />
(commissar) and a major trouble-shooter (head of inspectorate)… but not in positions in the<br />
first rank.<br />
• Stalin’s use of positive and negative patronage, roles of Molotov and Kaganovich<br />
• The role of the Party in the localities<br />
• The power struggle in the Politburo, factional infighting and personal rivalries<br />
• How the opponents were removed and disgraced.<br />
Points from recall which offer a more critical contextualisation of the view in the sources<br />
• Attempts to keep the ‘Testament’ a secret<br />
• Politburo fails to remove Stalin<br />
• Lenin recognises Stalin’s ambition (and dangers?)<br />
• Lenin’s views of his comrades, and not just of Stalin<br />
• Is Lenin warning of a struggle, or is he creating a struggle?<br />
• This can be seen as the beginning of the leadership struggle ie before Lenin dies<br />
• Complicated issues are being highlighted, policy as well as personality<br />
Page 154
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• Christopher Ward states that Stalin’s policy of ‘socialism in one country’ made sense to many.<br />
• Deutscher states that Trotsky did not attack Stalin because he felt secure.<br />
• Conquest highlights Stalin’s ability as he manoeuvres the political situation.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source B is useful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
leadership struggle in the 1920s.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 155
Question 3<br />
How much do Sources C and D reveal about the differing views on the Purges?<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Page 156<br />
(16 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate)<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources C and D and evaluates the extent that they reveal<br />
the motivations for and actions taken during the Purges and the Terror.<br />
Source C<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Chris Ward will be credited under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
Ward here sets up the traditional commentary on the Purges from Molotov and then highlights the<br />
treatment of Bukharin. Candidates may include reference to –<br />
• That there were ‘spies and saboteurs’, hence political<br />
• And in all aspects of life ‘at large in the State Bank and the commissars of light and heavy<br />
industry, food production, forestry, agriculture and communications’, at least here noting the<br />
criticism of Five Year Plan and collectivisation.<br />
However<br />
• Motivation may be to please Stalin, to fulfil quotas’ ‘the NKVD was “four years behind”.’<br />
• Actions were a result of those placed in power, and their place was equally fragile (Yagoda)<br />
• Reasons given were merely excuses – ‘fascist hireling’<br />
• Machinery set up at this level to focus on process rather than rationale – setting up a subcommittee.
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• The lies that were told to get rid of others, candidates may mention Kirov (Dec. 1934) the<br />
popular alternative to Stalin at the Seventeenth Party Congress, and the Show Trials<br />
• That opposition first emerged with the launch of the Five Year Plan and collectivisation in<br />
1928, Kirov being conciliatory<br />
• Detail on what happened to Kamenev and Zinoviev, as they were linked to Kirov’s assassin,<br />
tried and imprisoned as part of the Left Opposition and accused of being Trotsky’s agents.<br />
They confessed to crimes which they could not have carried out, not the least of which was<br />
conspiracy to murder Kirov<br />
• Bukharin was implicated by Zinoviev and Kamenev along with Tomsky and Rykov, as<br />
leaders of the Right Opposition, accused of forming a ‘rightist bloc’ – did they confess?<br />
There is no evidence of a plot, but Bukharin did criticise Stalin’s economic policies in ‘Notes<br />
of an Economist’<br />
• The numbers involved as the Terror escalates<br />
• The extent to which others were responsible – from Yagoda to Ezhov to Beria<br />
• The appointment of Beria to stop the over zealous Ezhov and the coining of the period as<br />
‘Ezhovschina’.<br />
Source D<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: recognition of Molotov’s role in the Bolshevik party and through the Purges. These<br />
conversations allowing him in 1993 to explain and to justify his actions.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• That only Stalin alone could have coped with the magnitude of the task. He therefore is<br />
responsible<br />
• That these actions did in fact prevent further instability, stopping ‘vacillation and<br />
irresolution’<br />
• That he prevented fascist aggression from the remnants of the ‘tattered enemies of various<br />
stripes (which) survived’ the revolution<br />
• That one justification could be that there was no fifth column…and links to foreign<br />
intelligence<br />
• He does admit that there were mistakes, but that they were necessary… for the greater cause<br />
as it were. Certainly Bukharin is not highlighted as a mistake.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Links to Source C in the over-stating of the threat of war and link to foreign powers, although<br />
this may have been the case for some after Rapallo, the real criticism is over collectivisation<br />
• Development of the ‘cult’, and Stalin’s demands for results<br />
• Detail on the numbers involved in the Purges, that Gulag inmates rose by half a million<br />
between 1937-39: that two thirds of the 1.3 million inmates in 1939 were described as<br />
‘political criminals’ or ‘socially harmful’.<br />
Page 157
Points which offer a more critical contextualisation of the views in the sources<br />
• The problems of division and factionalism had to be controlled and these methods were not<br />
new in Russia.<br />
• The mood of the old Party workers and the Purging of them: officials like Radek and<br />
Pyatakov accused of working for Trotsky and foreign governments to undermine the Soviet<br />
economy… but in reality they were critical of the Five Year Plan<br />
• The move then to the Army leadership: 1937-8, 3 of 5 marshals, 14 of 16 commanders,<br />
37,000 officers shot or imprisoned, Navy lost all admirals. Here pushing again the foreign<br />
links, but while it may have been true for some it was also to control the peasant rank and file.<br />
• The step to the totalitarian regime and getting rid of all elements linked to ‘class’ – kulaks,<br />
bourgeois NEPmen etc.<br />
• Purging the Secret Police not traitors but those now having too much power.<br />
• Stalin’s megalomania and paranoia<br />
• Denunciations and the spread to the ordinary people… and the Terror… for everyone.<br />
• That this spread to every aspect of society and perhaps could be justified in that it aims to<br />
produce ‘vintiki’<br />
• Source C does not acknowledge any mistake in action or purpose whereas Source D does<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• J Arch Getty contends that obsession with Stalin’s personality has dominated Western<br />
historians’ views and the political and institutional nature is lost<br />
• S Cohen and A Bullock both highlight personality<br />
• Roberta Manning contends that scapegoats were sought out and blamed for difficulties in<br />
industry and the economy from 1934-41<br />
• Alec Nove states that it was Stalin’s decision to purge the party and society of what he<br />
thought were unstable elements<br />
• Robert Conquest thinks the main drive was to strengthen his own position.<br />
• Robert Service sees Stalin’s personality as important, the purges being a pre-emptive<br />
measures against a fifth column, but there was no master plan as such<br />
• Christopher Read notes the random nature of the denunciations as do Roy Medvedev and<br />
Conquest<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the two sources is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
reasons for the Purges.<br />
Page 158
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 159
The Spanish Civil War (1931-1939)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
To what extent was royal incompetence the main reason why a Republic was established in<br />
1931?<br />
The candidate is asked to explain Spain's transition from monarchy to Republic in 1931 and the<br />
extent to which Alfonso XIII was responsible for his own downfall.<br />
The candidate may explain both the reasons for the fall of the monarchy and the former political<br />
system, and the specific decision to form a Republic.<br />
The candidate may be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
Long term factors which led to discontent with the monarchy:<br />
• The agrarian problem<br />
• The relationship with the church<br />
• The relationship with the army<br />
• Regional differences.<br />
More immediate factors:<br />
• The Dictadura (discrediting dictatorships)<br />
• Incompetence of the King<br />
• Pact of San Sebastian<br />
Page 160
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Carr: ‘The Republicans rejected monarchy as an illegitimate and outmoded form of<br />
government; the Carlists rejected the Alfonsine branch... The Socialists<br />
considered (it) reactionary... The anarchists rejected it in toto. To the regionalists<br />
it... strangled local interests... the radical regenerationists believed (in) root and<br />
branch reform...’<br />
‘The destruction of the historic provinces and their replacement by ‘artificial<br />
entities’... was at the root of the regionalist movements.’<br />
‘(it was) the personal unpopularity of the king himself (which brought down the<br />
monarchy).’<br />
‘the conservative classes, during 1930, lost confidence in the monarchy.’<br />
Agrarian problem: “Over half of Spain goes to bed hungry.”<br />
Brenan: ‘Unlike England and France there was no upward movement from one (class) to<br />
another.’<br />
‘...the corruption of all the upper layers of society.’<br />
‘The ease with which the dictator had been brought down encouraged the middle<br />
classes... to think that Alfonso could be got rid of too.’<br />
‘Since 1788 not a single Spanish sovereign had had a natural reign.’<br />
‘The Army had become increasingly sensitive to any criticisms...’<br />
Callachan: ‘(The church) was weakest in the great latifundia lands... where a rural proletariat<br />
lived in desperate circumstances.’<br />
Malefakis: ‘...the large domains were managed without initiative or imagination...’<br />
Esenwein<br />
and Shubert: ‘Where rapid industrialisation and massive immigration (took place) traditional<br />
culture and identity were seen as seriously threatened.’<br />
Fraser: ‘A state within a state, (the Army) came to see itself as the incarnation of national<br />
will.’<br />
Beevor : “Alfonso treated the ruling of Spain as little more than a fascinating hobby.”<br />
“Sanjurjo made it clear he could not maintain the King in power.”<br />
“The Spanish Church was said to have owned up to one-third of the total wealth<br />
of Spain.”<br />
“(The Latifundias’) subjects were treated almost as a subject race.”<br />
Preston: “loss of Imperial power coincided with emergence of left wing movements.”<br />
‘(the monarchy) had fallen into disrepute by the time Primo seized power.’<br />
Thomas: “(Primo) left behind him no basis for a regime.”<br />
Republicanism (was) the most explicit challenge to the establishment.<br />
Municipal elections. Only 2 loyal cabinet members.<br />
A revolution of boredom with a monarch... who appeared an anachronism.<br />
The only dedicated monarchists in Spain were the Court aristocracy. For others<br />
it was conditional... on the benefits each group sought.<br />
Page 161
Question 2<br />
To what extent were the actions of the government during the “Bienio Negro” of 1933 to<br />
1936 responsible for the eventual outbreak of the Spanish Civil War?<br />
The candidate is required to evaluate the effect of the right wing government of 1933 to 1936 and<br />
the extent to which civil war was probable by the time of its defeat at the polls.<br />
The candidate may be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• Attacks on the advances made by the previous administration<br />
• Polarising effect on Spanish society and politics<br />
• Robles’ use of the Radicals to implement attacks on the reforms of 31 -33<br />
• CEDA’s intolerant actions and rhetoric and their increasing portrayal of a pro-Fascist stance<br />
• Robles’ frequent attempts to increase the likelihood of his own advancement, destabilising<br />
the government further<br />
• Specific legislation attacking the poor and the left<br />
• Re-establishing the domination of the Catholic Church<br />
• Robles’ personal role as Jefe<br />
• Fear generated amongst the left by increasingly Fascist stance<br />
• Movement away from legalist stance by both the left and right<br />
• Refusal of the left (eg Asturias miners) to accept the legal right wing government<br />
• Evaluation as to what extent the Asturias was ‘the first battle of the civil war’<br />
• Responsibility of the Right should be compared to that of other sectors of Spanish politics<br />
and society.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Carr: “Robles had declared…that socialism must be defeated at all costs.”<br />
“When it (the Asturias rising) was over the nation was morally divided between<br />
those who favoured repression and those who did not.”<br />
Payne: “The stance and rhetoric of the CEDA were often provocative and threatening.”<br />
“Some degree of electoral reform would have moderated electoral polarisation.”<br />
Preston: Increasing mimicking of Fascist tactics – “A crowd of 20,000 gathered and shouted<br />
jefe!jefe!jefe! and “Our Leaders never make mistakes!”<br />
Thomas: Left also at fault – (After Right’s victory) El Socialista regularly argued that the<br />
Republic was as bad as the monarchy had been.<br />
Largo “reaffirmed his belief in the necessity of preparing a proletarian rising.”<br />
Thomas describes this as “a fatal error of judgement.”<br />
Page 162
Question 3<br />
Why was neither side able to achieve immediate victory in 1936?<br />
This essay needs the candidate to discuss the events of July 1936 and to examine reasons why the<br />
Army coup did not immediately take control of Spain and why the Republican forces failed to<br />
crush the rebellion.<br />
The candidate may be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• The actions of the Army and some explanation why they were not immediately successful<br />
• The failure of the Republican Government to completely defeat the rebels<br />
• Help from Germany/Italy/Soviet Union<br />
• Account of coup including the plans of the generals<br />
• Need for the army of Africa<br />
• Divisions within the left<br />
• Rift within the armed forces<br />
• Why were some places easy to take? Why others difficult?<br />
• Attitude of government.<br />
• How strong was resistance?<br />
• Understanding of the events<br />
• Reasons why coup failed in some areas – Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao etc.<br />
• Part played by Civil and Assault Guards<br />
• Confusion among Generals – death of Sanjurjo, capture of Fanjul etc<br />
• Decision to attack Madrid – wise?<br />
• Delay caused by Alcazar, arming of workers.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Failure of right –<br />
Carr ‘senior officers were, on the whole, loyal to the Republic’<br />
‘geographical loyalty’<br />
‘relatively weak (until Army of Africa transported)’<br />
Republic held industrial resources in early stages.<br />
Salvado ‘at no point had the conspirators anticipated massive popular resistance’.<br />
Preston and Ellwood concur.<br />
Failure of Left –<br />
Ealham ‘the old state collapsed under the impact of the military coup’.<br />
Bookchin ‘the workers…viewed the Republic with almost as much animosity as did the<br />
Francoists’.<br />
Foreign Intervention.<br />
Most historians concur that the role of Germany, Italy and the Soviet Union and the policy of<br />
Non-Intervention by Britain and France are all crucial factors in the failure by either side to win<br />
quickly. Quotes from any should be credited.<br />
Page 163
Question 4<br />
"The supreme farce of our time"<br />
How valid is this assessment of the policy of non-intervention during the Spanish Civil War?<br />
Candidates are asked to make a judgement on Non-Intervention during the Spanish Civil War.<br />
Was it the farce Nehru suggested?<br />
The candidate may be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• Why Non-Intervention was suggested and by whom<br />
• The workings of the Committee<br />
• Why did GB/France suggest the policy?<br />
• Why was it followed despite the obvious breaches by Germany, Italy and the USSR?<br />
• Was it simply a cynical ploy by GB to see Spain back in right-wing hands again?<br />
• Did it achieve anything?<br />
• Certainly the Spanish Republic blamed the policy and GB for their defeat.<br />
• How significant was Nyon?<br />
• Could this have worked earlier?<br />
• What were Stalin’s motives?<br />
• What did Non-intervention achieve?<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
H. Thomas: Non-intervention graduated from equivocation to hypocrisy.<br />
Alpert: Non-intervention was based on the wider aims of GB and France ie an alliance<br />
with Italy and appeasement of Hitler.<br />
Moradiellos: GB wished Franco to win and did not wish to upset the Axis powers.<br />
Preston: GB was inclined towards Franco due to business interests<br />
Meneses: it was cynical detachment.<br />
Page 164
Question 5<br />
“We must be generous comrades, we must have a great soul and know how to forgive.”<br />
(General Yagüe, 19 th April, 1938). To what extent was there still the possibility of a<br />
negotiated peace by 1938?<br />
The candidate here is asked to consider the possibility of a negotiated peace in the summer of 1938<br />
– taking into account Yagüe’s open respect for Republican forces, his attack on the Germans and<br />
Italians and Negrin’s speech laying down peace terms.<br />
The candidate may be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• Analysis of events in 1938<br />
• Opening of the French frontier<br />
• Franco’s consideration of asking the Axis powers to leave Spain.<br />
• When Great Britain signed a treaty with Italy, Negrin made his speech offering terms when a<br />
war was avoided over Czechoslovakia, Negrin gave up<br />
• Yagüe’s speech shows unrest among the nationalist troops – but it is not an offer of peace<br />
• Franco’s intentions – did he ever seriously consider terms?<br />
• Worried over France’s attitude, but Blum’s government fell<br />
• Franco had always insisted on no amnesty for communists<br />
• How realistic were Negrin's hopes?<br />
• Franco wished unconditional surrender and although suggested that Axis troops might leave,<br />
only did so to placate Great Britain and France<br />
• No evidence of any desire for a compromise which could have reduced his personal standing.<br />
Negrin always hoped a European war would break out – it did not.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
H. Thomas: “From the time that he (Negrin) had become PM.he had been attempting to<br />
achieve peace by negotiation”.<br />
On Franco – “Whoever desires negotiation serves the Reds.”<br />
Right Wing media campaign demanded “unconditional victory by Franco”.<br />
Preston: Hitler believed “a 100 per cent victory for Franco” was undesirable.<br />
Franco’s suggestion that Axis troops be removed merely “a sop to British and<br />
French sensibilities”.<br />
Mussolini predicted the defeat of Franco – “The Reds are fighters, Franco is not.”<br />
Franco feared French intervention – French frontier had reopened in March.<br />
Fraser: “(Franco) wanted the Republican regime’s complete destruction, its<br />
unconditional surrender.”<br />
Yagüe described Germans and Italians as “birds of prey”.<br />
Page 165
Question 6<br />
“The Republicans were divided between those who were fighting in defence of the Second<br />
Republic and those who sought to use the war as the launch-pad for social revolution.”<br />
How satisfactory is this explanation of the reasons for divisions within the Left during the<br />
Spanish Civil War?<br />
The candidate should examine Heywood’s explanation with reference to a variety of reasons for<br />
the lack of unity within the Left in Spain during the Civil War. The ideological conflict should be<br />
discussed. References should also be made to the personal enmity between politicians and the<br />
reasons for these damaging relationships. The concentration should be on causal factors for these<br />
divisions.<br />
The candidate may be expected to use evidence such as:<br />
• Differences in the fundamental beliefs of the major political parties on the left (Communists,<br />
Socialists, anarchists and POUM)<br />
• Incompatibility of this variety of aims<br />
• Key events (Madrid, Barcelona)<br />
• Protagonists (Caballero, Prieto)<br />
• Collectivisation of agriculture and industry and the different political views of groups to these<br />
developments<br />
• Personal enmity<br />
• Reaction to poor leadership (political and military)<br />
• Regional priorities (Catalonia, Basques, Madrid)<br />
• Any other factors which caused divisions<br />
• Communist tactics such as the limited distribution of arms and the eventual ruthlessness in<br />
their treatment of POUM<br />
• Personal enmity existed between senior protagonists (Caballero and Prieto)<br />
• Political ideologies of Anarchists and Communists were entirely incompatible<br />
• Arguments also arose as to military tactics (Communist criticisms over Aragon offensive.<br />
Prieto’s criticisms of Teruel campaign)<br />
• Influence from outside Spain (Soviet influence over Communists).<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Heywood: argues that the Republic’s key problem was re-establishing order which had<br />
effectively passed on to revolutionary groups (Barcelona – CNT, Madrid-UGT)<br />
“Revolutionary experiments” (spontaneous and forced collectivisation) had<br />
drastically undermined the government’s authority<br />
Preston: “A civil war within a civil war”<br />
“Morale in the Republican zone was increasingly being undermined by political<br />
disputes.”<br />
Thomas: “the political parties (of the Left) all held back such a proportion of their arms as<br />
they could for possible use against their friends.”<br />
Page 166
The Spanish Civil War (1931-1939)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How helpful are Sources A and B in illustrating differing viewpoints on the<br />
problems facing the Spanish government between 1931 and 1933? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate)<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources A and B and evaluates the extent that they reveal<br />
the problems facing the Spanish government between 1931 and 1933.<br />
Points from Source A<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: recognition that this is an historian who lived in Spain at the time of the Civil War. Seen<br />
as neutral.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• The Socialists were putting pressure on the Republic to grant wide ranging agricultural<br />
reform.<br />
• The FAI were revolutionary – they saw the greater freedom of the Republic as a chance to try<br />
and bring it down. Their disruption was intended to make the government's job as difficult as<br />
possible and to awaken the working class to revolution.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Agriculture was the most pressing problem in Spain in 1931. The Agrarian Reform Bill was<br />
meant to deal with it. But to the Libertarian Left it was too moderate. However they disliked<br />
the Republic as much as any other government.<br />
• Also the government got the blame for the unrest in the countryside and was even blamed by<br />
both sides for Casas Viejas.<br />
• There were other problems too which are not touched on here like the Church and army.<br />
Page 167
Points from Source B<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Peter Anderson will be credited under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Opposition in parliament slowed down the Agrarian Reform Bill. As a result the Left gained<br />
support in the countryside.<br />
• The Church supported the landowners – it help to set up a right-wing party, the CEDA which<br />
was anti-republican.<br />
• This group vowed to destroy the Republic.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• The CEDA sprang from the Accion Popular – a party based on the social teachings of Leo<br />
XIII. But its leader Gil Robles became an admirer of Mussolini.<br />
• The republic had gained the enmity of the Church by its reforms seen as threatening the<br />
Church's role in Spain.<br />
Points which offer a more critical contextualisation of the views in the sources<br />
• Source A and B agree on the way in which the Left was not satisfied by the level of<br />
agricultural reform. But this was due to the fact that the government had no money!<br />
• Both sources show how the behaviour of the Left caused opposition to grow which was<br />
directed at the Republic not the FAI.<br />
• Neither source mentions the Army reforms or the problem of regional issues.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• De Meneses: the Republic intended to keep to the letter of the law – behaviour of the<br />
FAI/CNT de-stabilised the Republic.<br />
• Preston: the media blamed the Republic, not the FM.<br />
• H. Browne: The Technical Commission’s solution pleased no-one. But Azana made things<br />
worse by changing the bill in 1932.<br />
• Carr: agriculture was a decisive struggle – but the reform was a muddle and lack of money<br />
caused it to fail.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the two sources is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
problems facing the Spanish government between 1931 and 1933?<br />
Page 168
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 169
Question 2<br />
How useful is Source C as evidence of the role and effectiveness of the International<br />
Brigades during the Spanish Civil War? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured consideration of the usefulness of Source C in understanding<br />
the role and effectiveness of the International Brigades during the Spanish Civil War, in terms of:<br />
Points from Source C<br />
Provenance: a primary source from the farewell address on November 1 st 1938 in Barcelona<br />
by Dolores Ibarruri (La Pasionaria), a communist politician and journalist. She is justifying the<br />
involvement on the International Brigades, praising their contribution to the Republican side. She<br />
lauds their heroic example of fighting for the solidarity and universality of democracy.<br />
Propaganda speech.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Refers to the military importance of the brigades in defence of Madrid<br />
• Refers to the features/characteristics of their fighting (enthusiasm, heroism, sacrifice etc)<br />
• refers to specific battles they fought in<br />
• goes on to talk about political dimension of their role and their leaving.<br />
Page 170
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
Candidates are able to pick up any of the above points and give developed detail which shows<br />
their understanding of the role or effectiveness of the brigades. This is not a ‘Why did they<br />
serve?’ question, it is a ‘What did they do and did it have any effect?’ question.<br />
Candidates may give detail and analysis of the International Brigades, referring to: its founding,<br />
how/where it was organised, its numbers, training, experience, the way they were used in battle,<br />
their casualties, specific battles they made a contribution.<br />
Candidates may have much more recalled detail on aspects of the speech, other things she<br />
covered and other points she made. They may develop on why she is making the speech at that<br />
time; when the Brigades were being demobbed in a political attempt to end the war.<br />
• Brigades were crucial in certain campaigns including the defence of Madrid (11 Brigade<br />
under Miaja).<br />
• They also gave the impression of foreign support which was lacking in any real terms for the<br />
Republic.<br />
• Brigades were organised by Communists and were not universally popular with Spaniards but<br />
were better ‘drilled’ and equipped than Militias.<br />
• Support deliberately withheld from POUM militias – difficult to compare their success with<br />
Brigades.<br />
• Speech is made as Brigades leave and many would argue defeat was inevitable.<br />
• Brigades no real match for support given by Fascists in the shape of 100,000 Italian troops,<br />
German Condor Legions etc.<br />
• Casualties high amongst Brigades (eg defending Madrid-La Coruña road).<br />
• Around 60,000 Brigaders altogether, by October 1938, 12,673 still in Spain.<br />
Points from recall which offer a more critical contextualisation of the view in the sources<br />
• Candidate may discuss other detail of the importance of La Pasionaria in the Spanish Civil<br />
war, other speeches, her legendary role in exhorting the Spanish people against fascism ...<br />
‘Better to die on your feet than live on your knees’.<br />
• Mention could be made of the biased nature of many of the sources on the Brigade... this has<br />
helped shape their view in history.<br />
• What of consideration of the view that their achievement is often by comparison to behaviour<br />
of the Communist Party.<br />
• Did they keep the war going and save the Republic from an earlier demise, or it is just<br />
propaganda?<br />
• Candidate may bring to bear wider knowledge of other campaigns or features of the fighting<br />
which help ‘place’ the role of the International Brigades in a wider picture.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Historians’ views on the part played by the International Brigade vary widely:<br />
Preston: their part in the defence of Madrid should not be exaggerated; it was part of a heroic effort.<br />
Koestler: the rendezvous of International Leftist bohemia.<br />
Taylor: emotional experience of a life-time.<br />
H.Browne: sign of international support.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source C is useful in offering a full perspective on the role and<br />
effectiveness of the International Brigades during the Spanish Civil War.<br />
Page 171<br />
th
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context. Candidate may make relevant and appropriate provenance comments.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and little if<br />
any sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly, indicating<br />
little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may be fairly<br />
well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may make relevant and<br />
appropriate provenance comments.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate provenance comments and the interpretation is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the provenance of the source and the views in it. There is<br />
a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant<br />
analysis. Appropriate reference to historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 172
Question 3<br />
How fully does Source D explain the reasons for Nationalist victory in the Spanish<br />
Civil War? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source D in providing an adequate explanation of<br />
the reasons for Nationalist victory in terms of:<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: accurate comment on Hugh Thomas will be credited under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Franco’s forces: ‘better organised’. ‘political unity’, ‘disciplined’, ‘logistical arrangements<br />
excellent’, superior training, availability of educated middle class.<br />
• Militias: ‘unimaginative in attack’, ‘failure of militia’ due to not being ‘regular army’.<br />
Points from recall which develop and contextualise those in the source<br />
• Divisions within the Socialists – Largo, Prieto. Communists domination and anger of Anarchists.<br />
• Nature of Militias, democratic, poorly equipped but enthusiastic and often loyal.<br />
• Description of specific campaigns. Defensive successes followed by failure to consolidate<br />
(Guadalajara, Madrid).<br />
• Paradox arising for need for order and desire to secure ‘pure’ revolution.<br />
• Refusal by Communists to arm POUM. militias.<br />
• Eventual routing of anarchists and effect on morale.<br />
• Extent to which right were unified.<br />
• Franco’s good fortune in loss of rivals (Primo, Sotello).<br />
• Franco’s delaying of campaigns sometimes argued to allow time to consolidate position.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Ellwood: ‘inhibition on behalf of the western democracies, together with the active<br />
involvement of Italy and Germany, undoubtedly swung the balance decisively in<br />
favour of Franco.’<br />
Browne: ‘Foreign aid was critical for the Nationalists from the very beginning.’<br />
Thomas: ‘the timing of certain foreign supplies was critical.’<br />
Carr: ‘…to him (Stalin) Spain was an expendable.’<br />
Heywood: ‘Internal political conflicts…together with military and economic inferiority<br />
combined to ensure that the republic was effectively doomed.’<br />
‘Most importantly, and tragically, they (the republic) were often at war with<br />
themselves.’<br />
Thomas: ‘…disunity among the republicans was a prime cause of defeat.’<br />
Blinkhorn: ‘…Soviet aid to the republic was principally calculated to prolong resistance.<br />
Axis help for Franco was aimed successfully at victory.’<br />
Preston: ‘…the CNT and POUM militia were denied adequate weaponry (by the<br />
communists).’<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source D is helpful in offering a full perspective on the reasons<br />
for Nationalist victory in the Spanish Civil War.<br />
Page 173
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 174
Britain At War and Peace (1939-1951)<br />
Part 1<br />
Each question is worth 25 marks<br />
Question 1<br />
“Marching into war backwards with their eyes tightly closed.” How accurate is this<br />
assessment of the government’s preparations for war in 1939?<br />
The purpose of the essay is to enable the candidate to discuss the arguments about Britain’s<br />
preparedness for war when it broke out and to analyse whether more could have been done in the<br />
immediate years before 1939 to enhance that preparedness.<br />
It is important to see this question in the context of 4 main areas of content, namely the degree to<br />
which preparedness had been achieved in the military, economic, diplomatic and civil defence<br />
terms. It is not enough to see this merely as a judgement of military preparedness.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include<br />
Military: The extent to which the armed forces were ready for war. In the case of the army it<br />
would be expected that the candidate would examine the degree to which this service branch was<br />
ill-equipped to fight a continental war with only 5 fully equipped divisions in 1939. Some<br />
analysis of the thinking behind the army as an imperial defence force would be evident and the<br />
lack of financial investment in armoured vehicles would be mentioned.<br />
The navy was still Britain’s best equipped branch of the forces but some caution would be<br />
expected over its ability to counteract German U-boats and its reliance on the French navy to<br />
secure the Mediterranean and the US navy to patrol the Pacific.<br />
Significant amounts of money had been spent on the air force and the creation of shadow<br />
factories but was the emphasis on bomber aircraft at the expense of fighter aircraft switched too<br />
late? The creation of a string of radar stations across south-east England should be noted. It<br />
would be perfectly acceptable for the candidate to view this military preparedness retrospectively<br />
in the light of the Norway campaign.<br />
Diplomatic: Here the candidate has to beware rehashing the pros and cons of appeasement but<br />
might better spend time of dissecting Churchill’s claims that we should have created a Grand<br />
Alliance prior to 1939. A review of each of Britain’s potential allies would be helpful and an<br />
analysis of Chamberlain’s failure to make common cause with the Soviets until it was too late and<br />
even then in only a half-hearted way.<br />
Economic: Perhaps the area most indicative of Chamberlain’s reluctance to commit to war<br />
preparation. Candidates should eschew a simple description of the ailing state of British industry<br />
in 1939 and concentrate more on Chamberlain’s failure to gear the economy effectively for total<br />
war. A very good answer would display a clear understanding of the ambivalence shown by<br />
Chamberlain towards state regulation of the economy and his ideological opposition to working<br />
more closely with the labour movement.<br />
Civil Defence: A review of the measure taken in terms of air raid shelter provision, gas mask<br />
distribution and evacuation schemes would be expected but in a critical as well as descriptive<br />
fashion.<br />
Page 175
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views.<br />
These may include reference to:<br />
• Mowatt’s military critique of lack of spending on the armed forces and Howard’s<br />
examination of each of the armed forces capabilities.<br />
• Historians such as Tiratsoo have a jaundiced view of the state of Britain’s civil defence<br />
measures, a view subscribed to by Hylton but contradicted by Roberts.<br />
• Paul Addison is highly critical of Chamberlain’s economic policies up to 1940 and is<br />
reinforced in this by Mackay to some extent.<br />
Page 176
Question 2<br />
To what extent was naval power more important than air power in Britain’s ultimate<br />
victory in the Second World War.<br />
Most candidates will treat this essay as a straight comparison between the relative importance of<br />
the battle of Britain and the Battle of the Atlantic in ensuring British survival and ultimate<br />
triumph in the war. However, an analysis of the importance of the part played by Bomber<br />
Command would also be a vital ingredient of a good essay.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
• The importance of air power in averting a potential German invasion and forcing Hitler to<br />
look east, hence ensuring his ultimate destruction.<br />
• The role played by Bomber Command in hampering the Nazi war effort and in lowering<br />
popular morale within Germany.<br />
• An analysis of the importance of the Royal Navy’s campaign against the submarine menace<br />
will be vital in explaining Britain’s ability to maintain her economic, industrial and military<br />
capabilities.<br />
• Equally, a description of the strategic importance of the Merchant navy would enhance the<br />
answer as would some reference to the part played by the navy in other theatres of war.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views.<br />
These may include reference to:<br />
• Correlli Barnett might be cited as a proponent of the central importance of the navy in<br />
winning the war.<br />
• Other historians like Keegan and Hastings are more likely to stress the short-term<br />
importance of averting the more immediate threat posed to British security by the Luftwaffe .<br />
Page 177
Question 3<br />
“The war had a profound and lasting impact on the daily lives of British women”<br />
How valid is this view?<br />
The candidate is expected to analyse the impact of war on women’s lives and not simply<br />
describe how it affected them.<br />
The answer should cover a range of issues from the obvious one of war work to the impact of<br />
evacuation, rationing, and the blitz.<br />
Less obvious but none the less important is the psychological impact of war on women’s<br />
perceptions of their role in society in terms of sex-stereotyping at work and the issue of greater<br />
equality in marriage and in domestic decision making.<br />
The crucial question for the candidates to analyse is whether the changes to their lives<br />
experienced by women during the war were merely a temporary adjustment to extraordinary<br />
circumstances with a post-war return to normality or a significant and permanent change in the<br />
status and role of women in society.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
• The impact of conscription on the female workforce and the extent to which war work was an<br />
emancipating experience as suggested by Arthur Marwick.<br />
• The number of new women workers as opposed to married women returning to work.<br />
• The ending of the marriage bar.<br />
• The empowering impact of being head of the family and chief decision maker when the male<br />
of the family was absent and the subsequent psychological impact this had on women’s<br />
perceptions of their role within marriage and society in general.<br />
• The increased incidence of divorce during and after the war as an indicator of changing<br />
perceptions of marriage?<br />
• The impact of evacuation on all women affected and the extent to which this led to changing<br />
class views and expectations.<br />
• The post-war situation and the impact of the Beveridge Report on the status of women<br />
especially in the area of family allowance and the national insurance scheme.<br />
• The Butler Education Act as an agent of restoring pre-war ideals and reinforcing the domestic<br />
position of women in society.<br />
• Some summary of the position of women in British society in the early 50s would be<br />
expected as a way of rounding of the analysis of the original question.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views.<br />
These may include reference to:<br />
• A critique of the revisionist school of thought which sees the war as less than an<br />
emancipating experience and indeed one which many women deeply disliked. Historians<br />
such as H.L. Smith and Penny Summerfield cast significant doubts on the veracity of<br />
Marwick’s 1960s thesis of war as an agent of social change for women.<br />
Page 178
Question 4<br />
“Only the Lend-Lease programme prevented the collapse of the British economy”<br />
How valid is this view of the impact of the war on the British economy?<br />
This question calls for a detailed knowledge of the impact of the war on the economy and hence<br />
some appreciation of the country’s finances and economic position at the beginning of the war.<br />
Central to this theme is an appreciation of how much the war cost Britain in lost exports and its<br />
impact on the industrial infrastructure of the country.<br />
The candidate would have a clear knowledge of government strategies for paying for the war and<br />
the shortfall in fiscal policies which resulted in the necessity of approaching the USA for their<br />
economic aid.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
• The levels of government taxation and forced savings policies<br />
• The impact of the war on the balance of payments<br />
• The extent to which demand management and state intervention regulated the economy and<br />
to what end?<br />
• The origins, nature and extent of the Lend-Lease programme (£5.5 billion)<br />
• Why lend-lease was needed and an explanation of the shortcomings in the British economy<br />
• The level of debt incurred by Britain and the reliance on the USA for machine tools and other<br />
essential production tools even prior to the programme<br />
• A clear examination of the argument that Lend-Lease was essential to British survival, an<br />
argument espoused by the likes of Addison, Calder, Jefferys and Mackay who argue that the<br />
government fiscal policies (even a 50% basic income tax rate) and the returns from indirect<br />
taxation and the sevenfold increase in personal savings would not as he says in the Test of<br />
War “taken together, have been sufficient to finance the protracted war in which Britain was<br />
engaged”.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
Historiographically there is unlikely to be much divergence of opinion on the centrality of the<br />
importance of Lend-Lease but older historians like Cairncross and Cole may offer a different<br />
angle on the issue from Barnett and Tomlinson and in particular, Barnett’s thesis that the British<br />
economy was a rotting Victorian hulk anyway and unlikely to have stood on its own two feet for<br />
very long within a total war effort.<br />
Page 179
Question 5<br />
Do you agree that there was a huge inequality of suffering on the Home Front in the period<br />
1939-1945?<br />
This question gives the candidate ample scope to display their knowledge of the impact of war on<br />
society and the extent to which the notion of equality of suffering and hardship endured by the<br />
public can be validated.<br />
Clearly, this not simply an essay about physical suffering engendered by the bombing of British<br />
cities, although that should form part of the answer, but demands a wider understanding of class<br />
differences and the extent to which some were more equal than others.<br />
Reference should therefore be made to the provision of bomb shelters, the vagaries of the<br />
rationing system and the existence of luxury restaurants, the facility of the rich to evacuate their<br />
children abroad or to avoid their responsibilities in accepting evacuees or in participating in vital<br />
war work.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
• The argument by Tiratsoo and Hylton that far too few deep shelters were provided by the<br />
government in working class areas for fear of promoting a “deep shelter mentality” and the<br />
fact that a working class person was 10 times more likely to be killed in an air raid than<br />
someone of higher social status.<br />
• The bad feeling caused by the inequities of the rationing system and the existence of the black<br />
market for the better off. Calder is particularly scathing of this problem in the People’s War.<br />
The availability of British restaurants for those who could afford them and the dining habits<br />
of the rich in luxury hotels like the Dorchester.<br />
• The experience of evacuation and the ill-treatment of many working class evacuees by their<br />
upper or middle class hosts as well as evidence of racist attitudes towards Jewish evacuees<br />
and the whole issue of the treatment of aliens who were British subjects.<br />
• The ability of some to use rank and privilege to avoid conscription, whether male or female<br />
and the issue of whether women workers were treated differently form their male<br />
counterparts.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• A more balanced view of the issue would be found in references to the works of Andrew<br />
Roberts who discounts the notion of inequality of suffering and the more middle ground<br />
opinion of Mackay in his latest work on civilian morale. A more balanced and considered<br />
view would be the result of such analysis and reference.<br />
Page 180
Question 6<br />
How successful was the foreign policy of the Labour Governments in the period 1945-1951?<br />
Candidates should approach this question from the point of view of assessing the aims of British<br />
foreign policy in this period against the backdrop of the changing world circumstances deriving<br />
from the Second World War and the vastly reduced economic capability of Britain.<br />
The central theme should be an assessment of Britain’s success in carrying out its pre-war<br />
responsibilities, an interpretation of its post-war commitments and its ability to find a role that<br />
fitted in with the demands of the new superpowers, USA and the Soviet Union.<br />
The best answers will see a critique developed of Britain’s policies relating to the Empire, the<br />
superpowers and Europe and an analysis of the extent to which any withdrawal from overseas<br />
commitments was a necessary response to the financial burdens imposed on Britain by the war.<br />
Reference should be made to Bevin’s central role in developing British policy at this time and<br />
also to the familiar criticism of right-wing historian Barnett who accuses Britain of global<br />
overstretch and clinging on the dreams and illusions of power we neither had nor could afford.<br />
Relevant areas for discussion might include:<br />
• An analysis of Britain’s financial situation post-45<br />
• Evidence relating to those areas Britain was forced to withdraw from eg Greece and Turkey<br />
and why.<br />
• An analysis of Britain’s role between the superpowers and how successfully Bevin steered a<br />
course.<br />
• The whole issue of decolonisation (particularly Indian independence) and why this came<br />
about.<br />
• An examination of Britain’s contribution to the resolution of issues relating to Germany in the<br />
context of the Cold War.<br />
• Bevin’s role in helping to create NATO and to tie the USA to European security for the first<br />
time<br />
• Some reference to our relations with Europe and the alleged missed opportunity to participate<br />
in the Schumann plan and to further European integration.<br />
• The thorny problem of the Middle-East, particularly Israel and Palestine, and the degree to<br />
which Britain pursued an acceptable policy in this area.<br />
• The issue of Britain’s independent nuclear deterrent.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• An overview of the whole period and an examination of the historiography, with reference to<br />
Barnett abut also Morgan and Robbins to give a more balanced view of the issue and to<br />
establish whether Bevin was a very successful Foreign Secretary in a very difficult period of<br />
adjustment.<br />
Page 181
Britain At War and Peace (1939-1951)<br />
Part 2<br />
Question 1<br />
How useful is Source A in explaining why Churchill became Prime Minister on May<br />
10 th 1940? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for the quality of their evaluation of the<br />
provenance of the source.<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 2 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
The remaining marks will be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider<br />
context recall, including historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall<br />
interpretation of the source’s value.<br />
The candidate offers a structured consideration of the usefulness of Source A in understanding<br />
the events surrounding the appointment of Churchill as Prime Minister in May 1940, in terms of:<br />
Provenance: A primary source written by Winston Churchill in 1948 as the first book in his<br />
history of the Second World War. To record the history of the war as seen through his own<br />
experience. Possible bias and omission.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Reference to the debate on the Norway campaign in the Commons 7-9 th May.<br />
• Churchill’s tactics of making no response to Chamberlain’s questions.<br />
• Halifax’s reference to his difficulties of becoming PM as a peer of the realm and his<br />
reluctance to accept the role.<br />
What extra details can be added by way of wider contextualisation of this issue to expand<br />
the debate?<br />
The candidate would be expected to expand on the principal reasons why Chamberlain chose to<br />
resign from office and why his successor was Winston Churchill.<br />
• The nature of the Phoney War and the fiasco of the Norway campaign as a background to the<br />
source.<br />
• Chamberlain’s personal failings as PM and his association with the policy of appeasement.<br />
• Failure of the government to effectively gear the country’s economy for total war.<br />
• Rejection by the Labour Party of Chamberlain’s overtures to join a Coalition government.<br />
• Churchill’s popularity within the country and the public’s perception of him as a likely war<br />
leader.<br />
• Reasons for unrest within the Conservative Party.<br />
Page 182
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
The historiography of this topic is fairly straightforward.<br />
• Addison sees the failings of the Chamberlain government as central to this issue.<br />
• Adelman focuses on the political intrigue within the Conservative Party, whilst Tony<br />
Corfield concentrates on the role of the Labour Party and Trade Union movement in rejecting<br />
Chamberlain.<br />
• Other writers offer a variation on these themes eg Jefferys, Morgan, MacKay, including<br />
Churchill’s own notion that he was walking with destiny.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source A is useful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
appointment of Churchill as Prime Minister in May 1940.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
Page 183
Question 2<br />
How well do Sources B and C illustrate the differing views on the domestic<br />
achievements of the Labour governments in the period 1945-1951? (16 marks)<br />
Interpretation (maximum 6 marks)<br />
Candidates may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of each source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source.<br />
Contextual and historical interpretations (maximum 10 marks)<br />
These 10 marks will be awarded for:<br />
• the quality and depth of the contextual recall<br />
• the quality and depth of the wider perspectives<br />
• the range and quality of historians’ views<br />
• provenance comment (if appropriate)<br />
The candidate considers the views in Sources B and C and offers a constructive evaluation of how<br />
far they offer insight into the domestic achievements of the Labour governments, in terms of:<br />
Points from Source B<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: Recognition of Dalton’s role in the events of that time, and his authority as a witness.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Highlights Labour’s tremendous legislative achievements in this period.<br />
• Stresses that Labour had fulfilled all of its election manifesto commitments.<br />
• Indicates that this legislative programme resulted in a complete social and economic<br />
regeneration of the country compared to the pre-war situation.<br />
• Points out that the task was unfinished by 1951 and much still had to be accomplished.<br />
What extra can be added by way of wider contextualisation of this view?<br />
• The candidate should develop Dalton’s allusion to the raft of legislation passed in this period<br />
with specific examples in the social and economic context. Clearly an analysis of the creation<br />
of the welfare state and the economic policies of the Labour governments should be<br />
examined, particularly the nationalisation programme and the policies implemented to deal<br />
with financial crises.<br />
• The candidate would be expected to develop Dalton’s theme that Britain was a completely<br />
different country by 1951 and in particular his assertion that the seeds of economic<br />
regeneration had been sown.<br />
• A very good candidate might expand on Dalton’s theme of the unfinished business and areas<br />
which still had to be tackled.<br />
• Overall the answer would offer a critique of Labour’s domestic achievements, building on<br />
Dalton’s broad assertions, but including a range of recall information which would<br />
substantiate his claims and those of historians who see this as a period of immense<br />
significance in changing the basis social and economic fabric of British society.<br />
Page 184
Points from Source C<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. Accurate<br />
comment on Corelli Barnett will receive marks under historiography.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• Barnett’s assessment of the Labour governments’ policies is highly critical.<br />
• Sees industrial and economic decline inextricably linked with illusions of continuing to be a<br />
great power in world affairs.<br />
• Illustrates the extent to which economic decline and demotion in the ranks of world<br />
economies took place within this period.<br />
• Focuses heavily on what he sees as the folly of pursuing New Jerusalem policies which were<br />
expensive and at the cost of economic regeneration.<br />
• Criticises the Labour welfare reforms for creating a culture of welfare dependency and low<br />
educational standards, thus creating a “nanny state”.<br />
What extra details can be added by way of wider contextualisation of this issue to expand<br />
the debate?<br />
The candidate should be able to contextualise this source within the framework of its origin and<br />
the period of history when it was written.<br />
• Barnett accuses Labour of engendering an illusory image of Britain’s status in the world,<br />
committing the country to an expensive and ill-judged foreign policy which in turn has a<br />
disastrous impact on the British economy.<br />
• That this process of economic decline was in place right from the end of the war and was<br />
exacerbated by the economic and social policies of the Labour governments.<br />
• That we fell significantly behind the economic progress made by even defeated countries like<br />
Germany and that our relative decline in GNP was attributable to misguided policies and lack<br />
of economic regeneration.<br />
• Barnett saves his most savage criticism for the welfare policies of the Labour governments<br />
which he says set in motion a progressive decline in educational standards and reliance on the<br />
state to provide, instead of fostering a spirit of self-betterment and individual responsibility,<br />
which is a trend he feels is perpetuated by successive governments beyond Labour in 1951.<br />
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• The most obvious critic is Barnett himself who poses the central theme that in its pursuit of<br />
dreams and illusions of continued world power status, successive British governments<br />
squandered a unique opportunity to regenerate British industry and upgrade the technical<br />
skills of the workforce by pursuing the goal of a welfare state and superpower status, both of<br />
which were beyond our means in the period studied. In this respect he is given some<br />
additional credence by Andrew Roberts and other right wing historians of the Thatcherite<br />
period.<br />
• Perhaps the staunchest supporter of the Labour governments of this period is Kenneth O.<br />
Morgan in his book Labour in Power, 1945-1951 in which he states “the Attlee government<br />
had a clear record of achievement and competence, which acted as a platform for successive<br />
governments, Conservative and Labour.” In this respect he is ably backed up by others such<br />
as Hennessey, Jefferys, Pugh, Tiratsoo and Fielding to name but a few.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of the two sources is helpful in offering a full perspective on the<br />
domestic achievements of the Labour governments 1945-1951.<br />
Page 185
Marks<br />
1-4 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the sources; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the sources. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
5-7 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the sources, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
8-11 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the sources, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
12-16 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument;<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the sources and their value as interpretations<br />
on the issue. There is a solid grasp of immediate and wider context, and well developed<br />
levels of relevant analysis. Greater awareness and development of historical interpretations<br />
and/or historians’ views will be credited highly.<br />
Page 186
Question 3<br />
How fully does Source D explain the reasons behind the Conservatives’ election victory in<br />
1951? (12 marks)<br />
The candidate may be awarded up to 3 marks for their ability to establish the views of the source<br />
and accurately support that evaluation with comment from the source The remaining marks will<br />
be awarded for the quality and depth of the immediate and wider context recall, including<br />
historians’ views, that the candidate provides in their overall interpretation of the source’s<br />
fullness in explaining/analysing the issue.<br />
The candidate offers a structured evaluation of Source D as an adequate explanation of the<br />
reasons behind the Conservatives’ election victory in 1951<br />
Points from Source D<br />
Provenance: appropriate and relevant comments on provenance can earn credit. These may<br />
include: Recognition of Douglas Jay’s role in the events of that time, and his authority as a<br />
witness.<br />
Points from source which show the candidate has interpreted the significant view (s)<br />
• That the election was a very close affair. Development thereof.<br />
• A recognition by Jay that everything was against Labour including; the redistribution of seats<br />
under the Boundary Commission and the implications of this in electoral terms; the<br />
resignation of Bevan and others over the Health Service cuts and the loss of Stafford Cripps.<br />
The anti-Labour propaganda of the press.<br />
• An explanation of the ironic situation of winning more votes but losing the election.<br />
What extra can be added by way of a wider contextualisation and afford a fuller<br />
explanation of the Conservative victory?<br />
• A full development of the issues raised by Jay in the source, as examples of ways in which<br />
everything was against Labour.<br />
• The candidate would be expected to develop the theme of Labour’s misfortunes in the period<br />
immediately prior to the 1951 election.<br />
• The impact of the press and public opinion on the austerity period and the continuation of<br />
rationing into the early 1950s.<br />
• The decision to enter the Korean War and the impact this had on domestic spending and the<br />
left/right split in the party.<br />
• The failure of the Liberals to field more than around 100 candidates and the effect this had on<br />
voting patterns.<br />
• The concept that Labour had become ideologically becalmed by 1951 and was no longer<br />
considered a crusading, reforming party.<br />
Page 187
Candidates may bring a range of appropriate historians’ commentary to support their<br />
views. These may include reference to:<br />
• K.O. Morgan who sees the roots of Labour defeat in the continued austerity and bureaucratic<br />
nightmare of officialdom which characterised this period of power. In his book People's<br />
Peace he states “It is not remarkable that Labour duly lost the October 1951 election. What is<br />
surprising is that the defeat was so narrow.” Whilst Sked and Cook suggest “The root<br />
trouble was really the wider disaffection of middle opinion (not necessarily m/c opinion)<br />
against a programme of consolidation which at best was drab and puritanical, and at worst<br />
illiberal and restrictive of individual choice”.<br />
• Pearce sees the deteriorating international situation and participation in the Korean war as<br />
necessitating further unpopular belt-tightening measures and being instrumental in the<br />
philosophical Bevanit/Gaitskellite rift whilst left wing critic John Saville goes so far as to say<br />
that by 1951 the Labour Party was “morally and politically bankrupt” and that “Labour’s<br />
socialism had come to a dead end” whilst B. Schwartz would place more emphasis on the<br />
reconstruction of Conservatism as a reason for their increased popularity.<br />
The candidate is therefore able to come to a conclusion, using a range of evidence, about the<br />
extent to which a consideration of Source D is helpful in offering a full perspective on the reasons<br />
behind the Conservatives’ election victory in 1951.<br />
Marks<br />
1-3 Vaguely written, merely re-describing the source; not answering the question or showing<br />
understanding of the views in the source. The candidate may show minimal understanding of<br />
immediate or wider context or any historical interpretations on the issue.<br />
4-5 The candidate’s answer shows a limited understanding of the views in the source, and a<br />
weak sense of context. Answer may lack clear structure with points made randomly,<br />
indicating little grasp of significance, although in places the candidate’s interpretation may<br />
be fairly well-written with some relevant points of explanation made. Candidate may offer<br />
relevant and appropriate historical interpretations.<br />
6-8 The candidate makes relevant and appropriate comments of interpretation, and the answer is<br />
clearly written and sensibly structured. The explanation ranges over several relevant points and<br />
shows an understanding of the views of the source, sets material in context, shows a good<br />
factual grasp of topic and a reasonably developed analysis, which may include reference to<br />
historical interpretations or specific historians’ views.<br />
9-12 The candidate’s interpretation offers accurate, wide-ranging and convincing argument,<br />
showing a clear understanding of the views of the source. There is a solid grasp of<br />
immediate and wider context, and well developed levels of relevant analysis. Greater<br />
awareness and development of historical interpretations and/or historians’ views will be<br />
credited highly.<br />
[END OF MARKING INSTRUCTIONS]<br />
Page 188